Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

named but not known

  • 1 certain

    A pron certain of our members/friends certains de nos adhérents/amis.
    B adj
    1 (sure, definite) certain, sûr (about, of de) ; I'm certain of it ou that j'en suis certain or sûr ; of that you can be certain tu peux en être sûr ; absolutely certain sûr et certain ; I'm certain that I checked je suis sûr d'avoir vérifié ; I'm certain that he refused je suis sûr qu'il a refusé ; I feel certain that he'll come je suis certain qu'il viendra ; she's not certain that you'll be able to do it elle n'est pas sûre que tu sois capable de le faire ; to make certain s'en assurer, vérifier ; to make certain of s'assurer de [cooperation, trust, support] ; vérifier [facts, time, details] ; to make certain to do faire bien attention de faire ; to make certain that ( ascertain) vérifier que, s'assurer que ; ( ensure) faire en sorte que (+ subj) ; as soon as I leave the phone is certain to ring dès que je m'en vais, je peux être sûr que le téléphone va sonner ; he's certain to be there il y sera certainement or sûrement ; the strike seems certain to continue il est presque certain que la grève continuera ; the committee is certain to approve the measure il est certain que le comité approuvera la mesure ; I know for certain that je sais de façon sûre que ; be certain to tell him that n'oublie pas de lui dire que ; nobody knows for certain personne ne sait au juste ; it isn't known for certain if he's dead on ne sait pas au juste s'il est mort ou non ; I can't say for certain je ne sais pas au juste ; it will be ready tomorrow, for certain ce sera prêt demain, sans faute ;
    2 (assured, guaranteed) [death, defeat, success] certain (after n) ; [guarantee] sûr ; to be certain of doing être sûr or certain de faire ; it is certain that il est certain que ; this method is certain to work cette méthode est efficace à 100% ; he's certain to agree il sera d'accord, il n'y a aucun doute là-dessus ; the changes are certain to provoke anger ces changements provoqueront sûrement des réactions violentes ; nothing could be more certain to offend him c'est vraiment ce qui peut le vexer le plus facilement ; one thing is certain, you'll never succeed une chose est sûre, tu ne réussiras jamais ; to my certain knowledge à ma connaissance ; I let him do it in the certain knowledge that he would fail je l'ai laissé faire tout en sachant très bien qu'il allait échouer ; go early to be certain of a seat arrivez de bonne heure pour être sûr d'avoir une place assise ;
    3 ( specific) [amount, number, quantity, sum] certain (before n) ; on certain conditions à certaines conditions ; certain people certains mpl ;
    4 ( slight) [coldness, confusion, shyness, difficulty] certain (before n) ; to a certain extent ou degree dans une certaine mesure ; a certain amount of time un certain temps ; a certain amount of frivolity/confusion/introspection une certaine frivolité/confusion/introspection ;
    5 ( named but not known) a certain Mr Cassels un certain M. Cassels.

    Big English-French dictionary > certain

  • 2 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 3 פתח

    פָּתַח(b. h.) 1) to open, begin. Y.Ber.VI, end, 10d על כל … שהיה פוֹתֵהַוכ׳ over each cask as he opened it he said the benediction Sabb.104a, a. e. פּוֹתְחִין לו (Var. פְּתָחִין), v. טָמֵא I. Ib. 48a מתירין … אבל לא פותחין you may untie the neck-hole of a shirt, but not cut it open (on the Sabbath). Y.Taan.I, 64b top (ref. to Is. 45:8) כנקבה … פוֹתַחַתוכ׳ like the female that opens for the male. Ned.III, 4 לא יִפְתַּח לו בנדר he must not begin (offer his willingness) to make a vow (in order to escape robbery, v. נָדַר); a. v. fr.Part. pass. פָּתוּחַ; פְּתוּחָה; pl. פְּתוּחִים, פְּתוּחִין, פְּתוּחוֹת. Yeb.71b, a. e. נסתם הפ׳, v. סָתַם. Snh.94a, v. סָהֵם (v. מנצפ״ך). Meg.3a, פ׳ באמצע, v. סָתַם. Erub.IV, 6 שלש חצירות הפ׳ זו לזו ופ׳וכ׳ three courts opening into (communicating with) one another and into the public road; a. v. fr. פתה פתוח, v. פֶּתַח.Esp. (פרשה) פְּתוּחָה a paragraph in the Torah beginning with a new, indented line, opp. סתומה. Treat. Sofrim I, 14 איזהו פ׳ כל שלאוכ׳ what is an open paragraph? Such as does not begin at the beginning of a line, וכמה … ותהא נקראת פ׳ and how much space must one leave … for a paragraph to be called open?; a. fr.Trnsf. (to open the door to,) to introduce (into learning). Y.M. Kat. III, 83b top איזהו רבו כל שפ׳ לו תחלה who is called ones (special) teacher? He who was the first to initiate him; a. e.Esp. to open an opportunity for retracting a vow, to suggest reasons which, if known at the time, would have prevented the person from making the vow, v. חֲרָטָה. Ned.IX, 1 פותחין לאדם בכביךוכ׳ the judges offer suggestions taken from the respect due to parents (saying, if you had known that this vow cast a reflection on your father). Ib. רִפְתְּחוּ לו בכבוד המקים why not suggest to him the reverence due to the Lord (‘if you had known that he who makes a vow is considered an evil-doer)? Ib. 4 פותחין לו מן הכתובוכ׳ we offer suggestions to him from what is written in the Law, saying to him, if you had known that (in fulfilling that vow) you would transgress the law forbidding revenge ; a. fr.B. Kam.27a פ׳ בכד וסיים בחבית the Mishnah begins with kad and closes with ḥabith! Ber.10a פ׳ בה באשריוכ׳ v. סוּם I h. Gen. R. s. 84 אתה פָתֵחְתָּ תחלה בהצלתוכ׳ thou wast the first man to speak of saving life; אתה פתחת בתשובהוכ׳ thou wast the first to do repentance, … one of thy descendants shall rise and be the first (prophet) to call for repentance; a. fr.Esp. to open a lecture with a (Biblical) text. Pesik. Aḥăré, p. 170a> ר׳ לוי פ׳וכ׳ R. Levi took up the text (Ps. 75:5) Gen. R. s. 1; a. v. fr.Pesik. R. s. 33 (an editorial gloss) פ׳ בכל אלו הפרשיות the author takes his texts from all those (quoted) passages. 2) to explain, speak plainly. Shek. V, 1; Men.65a (ref. to פתחיה as identical with מרדכי) he was named Pethahia, שהיה פותח דברים ודורשןוכ׳ (not בדברים) because he explained words and interpreted them (etymologically) and knew seventy languages.Part. pass. as ab. Sifré Aḥăré, beg., v. סָתַם. Nif. נִפְתַּח 1) to be opened. Yeb.71b, a. e., v. סָתַם. R. Hash. 16b שלשה … נִפְתָּחִין בר״ה three books are opened (for recording) on the New Years Day. B. Bath. 125b, v. סוּם I, Nithpa. Pesik. R. l. c. להִיפָּתֵחַ to have ones bowels opened, v. פְּסִיעָה; a. fr.Ib. (editorial gloss) ונ׳ עוד שם בפרשתוכ׳ and furthermore this section (Is. 61:1) was used as the opening text; a. fr.Esp. to have ones eyes opened, to become seeing. Pesik. R. s. 42 בשילדה שדה כל סומא … נ׳ when Sarah gave birth, every blind person in the world was restored to sight; a. e. Pi. פִּיתֵּהֵ 1) to open. Ib. פי׳ הפילקיות he opened the prisons. Par. III, 8 ועושין … ומְפַתְּחִין בה חלונות they piled wood in the shape of a tower and opened windows in it. Zeb.88b רימונים שלא פִיתְּחוּ פיהן (Ms. K. a. R. 2 נִפְתְּהוּ; Ms. R. 1 נִתְפַּתְּחוּ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 5) pomegranates which have not yet burst open; a. e. 2) to engrave. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 43b Pl. פי׳ בה פיתוחים if he cut designs into it. 3) to dig, break ground. Pirké dR. El. ch. XXVIII; Gen. R. s. 76 כשיצמד … יְפַתְּחוּ וישדדווכ׳ when an ox and a cow are harnessed together, they will break and harrow all valleys. Hithpa. הִתְפַּתֵּחַ, Nithpa. נִתְפַּתֵּחַ 1) to be opened, v. supra. Pesik. R. s. 31 נִתְפַּתְּחוּ בדם they (their cavities) were opened with (discharged) blood; a. e. 2) to be cut into, graven. Tosef.Sot.XV, 1; Y. ib. IX, 24b וכיון … היו מִתְפַּתְּחוֹת לפניווכ׳ and when they let it (the Shamir, v. שָׁמִיר) look at the stones, they were engraven before it like the (wax-covered) tablets Y.Kil.VII, beg.30d מתפתחת R. S. to Kil. VIII, 1, v. פִּתְפֵּת.

    Jewish literature > פתח

  • 4 פָּתַח

    פָּתַח(b. h.) 1) to open, begin. Y.Ber.VI, end, 10d על כל … שהיה פוֹתֵהַוכ׳ over each cask as he opened it he said the benediction Sabb.104a, a. e. פּוֹתְחִין לו (Var. פְּתָחִין), v. טָמֵא I. Ib. 48a מתירין … אבל לא פותחין you may untie the neck-hole of a shirt, but not cut it open (on the Sabbath). Y.Taan.I, 64b top (ref. to Is. 45:8) כנקבה … פוֹתַחַתוכ׳ like the female that opens for the male. Ned.III, 4 לא יִפְתַּח לו בנדר he must not begin (offer his willingness) to make a vow (in order to escape robbery, v. נָדַר); a. v. fr.Part. pass. פָּתוּחַ; פְּתוּחָה; pl. פְּתוּחִים, פְּתוּחִין, פְּתוּחוֹת. Yeb.71b, a. e. נסתם הפ׳, v. סָתַם. Snh.94a, v. סָהֵם (v. מנצפ״ך). Meg.3a, פ׳ באמצע, v. סָתַם. Erub.IV, 6 שלש חצירות הפ׳ זו לזו ופ׳וכ׳ three courts opening into (communicating with) one another and into the public road; a. v. fr. פתה פתוח, v. פֶּתַח.Esp. (פרשה) פְּתוּחָה a paragraph in the Torah beginning with a new, indented line, opp. סתומה. Treat. Sofrim I, 14 איזהו פ׳ כל שלאוכ׳ what is an open paragraph? Such as does not begin at the beginning of a line, וכמה … ותהא נקראת פ׳ and how much space must one leave … for a paragraph to be called open?; a. fr.Trnsf. (to open the door to,) to introduce (into learning). Y.M. Kat. III, 83b top איזהו רבו כל שפ׳ לו תחלה who is called ones (special) teacher? He who was the first to initiate him; a. e.Esp. to open an opportunity for retracting a vow, to suggest reasons which, if known at the time, would have prevented the person from making the vow, v. חֲרָטָה. Ned.IX, 1 פותחין לאדם בכביךוכ׳ the judges offer suggestions taken from the respect due to parents (saying, if you had known that this vow cast a reflection on your father). Ib. רִפְתְּחוּ לו בכבוד המקים why not suggest to him the reverence due to the Lord (‘if you had known that he who makes a vow is considered an evil-doer)? Ib. 4 פותחין לו מן הכתובוכ׳ we offer suggestions to him from what is written in the Law, saying to him, if you had known that (in fulfilling that vow) you would transgress the law forbidding revenge ; a. fr.B. Kam.27a פ׳ בכד וסיים בחבית the Mishnah begins with kad and closes with ḥabith! Ber.10a פ׳ בה באשריוכ׳ v. סוּם I h. Gen. R. s. 84 אתה פָתֵחְתָּ תחלה בהצלתוכ׳ thou wast the first man to speak of saving life; אתה פתחת בתשובהוכ׳ thou wast the first to do repentance, … one of thy descendants shall rise and be the first (prophet) to call for repentance; a. fr.Esp. to open a lecture with a (Biblical) text. Pesik. Aḥăré, p. 170a> ר׳ לוי פ׳וכ׳ R. Levi took up the text (Ps. 75:5) Gen. R. s. 1; a. v. fr.Pesik. R. s. 33 (an editorial gloss) פ׳ בכל אלו הפרשיות the author takes his texts from all those (quoted) passages. 2) to explain, speak plainly. Shek. V, 1; Men.65a (ref. to פתחיה as identical with מרדכי) he was named Pethahia, שהיה פותח דברים ודורשןוכ׳ (not בדברים) because he explained words and interpreted them (etymologically) and knew seventy languages.Part. pass. as ab. Sifré Aḥăré, beg., v. סָתַם. Nif. נִפְתַּח 1) to be opened. Yeb.71b, a. e., v. סָתַם. R. Hash. 16b שלשה … נִפְתָּחִין בר״ה three books are opened (for recording) on the New Years Day. B. Bath. 125b, v. סוּם I, Nithpa. Pesik. R. l. c. להִיפָּתֵחַ to have ones bowels opened, v. פְּסִיעָה; a. fr.Ib. (editorial gloss) ונ׳ עוד שם בפרשתוכ׳ and furthermore this section (Is. 61:1) was used as the opening text; a. fr.Esp. to have ones eyes opened, to become seeing. Pesik. R. s. 42 בשילדה שדה כל סומא … נ׳ when Sarah gave birth, every blind person in the world was restored to sight; a. e. Pi. פִּיתֵּהֵ 1) to open. Ib. פי׳ הפילקיות he opened the prisons. Par. III, 8 ועושין … ומְפַתְּחִין בה חלונות they piled wood in the shape of a tower and opened windows in it. Zeb.88b רימונים שלא פִיתְּחוּ פיהן (Ms. K. a. R. 2 נִפְתְּהוּ; Ms. R. 1 נִתְפַּתְּחוּ, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 5) pomegranates which have not yet burst open; a. e. 2) to engrave. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 43b Pl. פי׳ בה פיתוחים if he cut designs into it. 3) to dig, break ground. Pirké dR. El. ch. XXVIII; Gen. R. s. 76 כשיצמד … יְפַתְּחוּ וישדדווכ׳ when an ox and a cow are harnessed together, they will break and harrow all valleys. Hithpa. הִתְפַּתֵּחַ, Nithpa. נִתְפַּתֵּחַ 1) to be opened, v. supra. Pesik. R. s. 31 נִתְפַּתְּחוּ בדם they (their cavities) were opened with (discharged) blood; a. e. 2) to be cut into, graven. Tosef.Sot.XV, 1; Y. ib. IX, 24b וכיון … היו מִתְפַּתְּחוֹת לפניווכ׳ and when they let it (the Shamir, v. שָׁמִיר) look at the stones, they were engraven before it like the (wax-covered) tablets Y.Kil.VII, beg.30d מתפתחת R. S. to Kil. VIII, 1, v. פִּתְפֵּת.

    Jewish literature > פָּתַח

  • 5 nome

    m name
    grammar noun
    nome di battesimo Christian name
    nome e cognome full name
    conoscere qualcuno di nome know someone by name
    in nome di in the name of
    * * *
    nome s.m.
    1 name: nome di battesimo, Christian name (o first name); nome di famiglia, family name (o surname); nome e cognome, full name; senza nome, nameless; il suo nome è Paolo, his name is Paul; le hanno dato nome Maria, they have called her Mary; portare il nome di qlcu., to be named (o called) after s.o.; questo metodo ha preso il nome dal suo ideatore, this system is named after its inventor // prendere il nome di qlcu., ( annotarlo) to take down s.o.'s name // viaggiare sotto falso nome, to travel under an alias (o under a false name o incognito) // non fare il mio nome, don't mention my name // fare i nomi dei colpevoli, to name names // fuori i nomi, chi giocava a pallone in classe?, (fam.) come on! tell me the names! who was playing football in the classroom? // nome di battaglia, nom de guerre, ( di attore) stage name, ( di scrittore) pen name (o nom de plume) // a nome di, in the name of (o on behalf of): parlo a nome mio e del signor Smith, I am speaking on behalf of Mr Smith and myself; presentati a nome mio, tell them I sent you // di nome, by name; ( nominalmente) in name: di nome Maria, Mary by name (o by name Mary o by the name of Mary); conoscere qlcu. di nome, to know s.o. by name; essere padrone solo di nome, to be master in name only // di nome e di fatto, in name and in deed: è una signora di nome, ma non di fatto, she's a lady in name but not in deed // in nome di, in the name of (o dir. on behalf of): in nome della legge, in the name (o on behalf) of the law; in nome di Dio, in God's name // per nome, by name: chiamare qlcu. per nome, to call s.o. by name // sotto il nome di, under the name of: essere conosciuto sotto il nome di, to go by the name of // chiamare le cose col loro nome, to call a spade a spade // (comm.): nome commerciale, trade (o brand) name; nome depositato, registered trade name; nome d'azienda, ( ragione sociale) style (o company title o business name), (amer.) corporate name; società in nome collettivo, unlimited company
    2 ( fama, reputazione) name, reputation; renown: ha un buon nome come chirurgo, he has a high reputation as a surgeon; avere, godere di un buon nome come avvocato, to have a good name as a lawyer; farsi un nome, to make a name for oneself (o to make one's name); macchiare il proprio buon nome, to spoil one's good name
    3 ( persona illustre) name, celebrity, great man: i grandi nomi del passato, the great names of the past
    4 ( soprannome) nickname; gli fu dato il nome di 'Spillo', he was nicknamed 'Spillo'
    5 (gramm.) noun, substantive: nome proprio, comune, collettivo, proper, common, collective noun
    6 (inform.) name: nome convenzionale, tag.
    * * *
    ['nome]
    1. sm
    (gen) name

    un uomo di nome Giovanni — a man by the name of John, a man called John

    a nome di (per conto di) on behalf of

    farsi un buon/cattivo nome — to get a good/bad name

    porta o gli hanno dato il nome di suo nonno — he is named after his grandfather

    2.
    * * *
    ['nome]
    sostantivo maschile

    a nome di — [parlare, firmare] on BE o in AE behalf of

    2) (nome di battesimo) name; (cognome) surname, last name AE

    nome e cognome full name, first name and surname; qual è il tuo nome? what's your name? avere il nome del nonno to be named after one's grandfather; una ragazza di nome Lara a girl named Lara o by the name of Lara; chiamare qcn. per nome to refer to sb. by name; conoscere qcn. di nome to know sb. by name; rispondere al nome di to answer to the name of; a che nome? a nome di chi? under what name? sotto falso nome under an alias o an assumed name; fare i -i to name names; senza fare -i naming no names, without mentioning any names; fuori i -i! — we want the names!

    farsi un nometo make one's name o a name for oneself

    5) ling. noun

    nome proprio, comune — proper, common noun

    nome d'arte (di scrittore) pen name; (di attore) stage name

    nome commercialeproprietary o trade name

    ••
    * * *
    nome
    /'nome/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (designazione) name; qual è il nome di questa pianta? what's the name of this plant? what is this plant called? conosciuto con il nome di known as; dare un nome a to name; in nome di in the name of; a nome di [parlare, firmare] on BE o in AE behalf of
     2 (nome di battesimo) name; (cognome) surname, last name AE; nome e cognome full name, first name and surname; qual è il tuo nome? what's your name? avere il nome del nonno to be named after one's grandfather; una ragazza di nome Lara a girl named Lara o by the name of Lara; chiamare qcn. per nome to refer to sb. by name; conoscere qcn. di nome to know sb. by name; rispondere al nome di to answer to the name of; a che nome? a nome di chi? under what name? sotto falso nome under an alias o an assumed name; fare i -i to name names; senza fare -i naming no names, without mentioning any names; fuori i -i! we want the names!
     3 (reputazione) name; farsi un nome to make one's name o a name for oneself
     4 (persona eminente) i grandi -i dello spettacolo the big names in showbusiness
     5 ling. noun; nome proprio, comune proper, common noun
    di nome e di fatto in word and deed
    \
    nome d'arte (di scrittore) pen name; (di attore) stage name; nome di battesimo Christian name; nome in codice code name; nome commerciale proprietary o trade name; nome depositato (registered) trademark.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > nome

  • 6 irgendwo

    Adv. somewhere (or other); in Fragen, Verneinungen: auch anywhere; (egal wo) anywhere; irgendwo anders somewhere else, in Fragen, Verneinungen: auch anywhere else
    * * *
    anywhere; somewhere; someplace; anyplace
    * * *
    ịr|gend|wo ['ɪrgnt'voː]
    adv
    somewhere (or other), someplace (esp US inf); (fragend, verneinend, bedingend) anywhere, any place (esp US inf)
    * * *
    1) (in any place at all: Have you seen my gloves anywhere?; I can't find them anywhere; `Where will I put these?' `Anywhere will do.') anywhere
    2) (in one place if not in another; in some place not known or decided: He must have hidden it somewhere or other.) somewhere or other
    3) ((American someplace) (in or to) some place not known or not named: They live somewhere in London; I won't be at home tonight - I'm going somewhere for dinner.) somewhere
    * * *
    ir·gend·wo
    [ˈɪrgn̩tˈvo:]
    1. (wo auch immer) somewhere [or other]
    \irgendwo muss der verdammte Schlüsselbund doch sein! the damned key ring must be somewhere [or other]!
    2. (in irgendeiner Weise) somehow [or other]
    \irgendwo versteh ich das nicht somehow I don't understand [that]
    * * *
    1) somewhere; some place [or other] (coll.); (fragend, verneint) anywhere

    irgendwo anders — somewhere/anywhere else

    2) (ugs.): (irgendwie)

    er tut mir irgendwo leid, aber... — I feel sorry for him in a way, but...

    * * *
    irgendwo adv somewhere (or other); in Fragen, Verneinungen: auch anywhere; (egal wo) anywhere;
    irgendwo anders somewhere else, in Fragen, Verneinungen: auch anywhere else
    * * *
    1) somewhere; some place [or other] (coll.); (fragend, verneint) anywhere

    irgendwo anders — somewhere/anywhere else

    2) (ugs.): (irgendwie)

    er tut mir irgendwo leid, aber... — I feel sorry for him in a way, but...

    * * *
    adv.
    anyplace adv.
    anywhere adv.
    everywhere adv.
    some place expr.
    somewhere adv. pron.
    someplace pron.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > irgendwo

  • 7 कृत _kṛta

    कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त]
    1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines.
    -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11.
    -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4.
    -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114.
    -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186.
    -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21.
    -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; un- grateful; Ms.7.197.
    -2 Service, benefit.
    -3 Conse- quence, result.
    -4 Aim, object.
    -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18.
    -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon).
    -7 The number '4'.
    -8 A stake at a game.
    -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle.
    -1 An offering.
    -11 Magic sorcery.
    -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (
    -तः) the Supreme Being.
    -अङ्क a.
    1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281.
    -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points.
    -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154.
    -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient.
    -अनुसारः custom, usage.
    -अन्त a. bringing to an end, termi- nating.
    (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1.
    -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17.
    -3 a demonstrated con- clusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13.
    -4 a sinful or inauspicious action.
    -5 an epithet of Saturn.
    -6 Saturday.
    -7 the inevitable result of former actions.
    -8 the second lunar mansion.
    -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun.
    -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3.
    -2 digested food.
    -3 excrement.
    -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal.
    - अभय a. saved from fear or danger.
    -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (
    -कः) a prince.
    -अभ्यास a. practised.
    -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14.
    -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194.
    -3 clever.
    -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence in- capable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ
    1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125.
    -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.)
    -अवधान a. careful, attentive.
    -अवधि a.
    1 fixed, appointed.
    -2 bounded, limited.
    -अवमर्ष a.
    1 effacing from recollection.
    -2 intolerant.
    -अवस्थ a.
    1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6.
    -2 fixed, settled.
    -अस्त्र a.
    1 armed.
    -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62.
    - अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies.
    - आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul.
    -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11.
    -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48.
    - आभरण a. adorned.
    -आयास a. labouring, suffering.
    - आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (
    -यः) a frog; dog ? M. W.
    -आवास a lodging.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 governed; ruled.
    -2 supporting, resting on.
    -3 residing in.
    -आहार a. having taken one's meals.
    -आह्वान a. challenged.
    -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving.
    - उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3.
    -उद्वाह a.
    1 married.
    -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands.
    -उपकार a.
    1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73.
    -2 friendly.
    -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed.
    -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one who has done his work; R.9.3.
    -2 skilful, clever. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme spirit.
    -2 a Saṁnyāsin.
    -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled.
    -कार्य a.
    1 one who has done his work or obtained his object.
    -2 having no need of another's aid.
    -काल a.
    1 fixed or settled as to time.
    -2 who has waited a certain time. (
    -लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.
    -कृत्य, -क्रिय a.
    1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2.
    -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3.
    -3 clever.
    -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32.
    -क्रयः a purchaser.
    -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act.
    -2 one who has fulfilled his duty.
    -3 one who has performed a religious cere- mony; Ms.5.99.
    -क्षण a.
    1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1.
    -2 one who has got an opportunity.
    -घ्न a.
    1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89.
    -2 defeating all previous measures.
    -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता.
    -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6.
    -ज्ञ a.
    1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38.
    -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थ a.
    1 one who has visited or frequented holy places.
    -2 one who studies with a professional teacher.
    -3 fertile in means or expedients.
    -4 a guide.
    -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3.
    -दार a. married.
    -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant.
    -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा)
    -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB).
    -धी a.
    1 prudent, considerate.
    -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79.
    -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6.
    -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189.
    -निश्चय a.
    1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37.
    -2 confident, sure.
    -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery.
    -पूर्व a. done formerly.
    -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94.
    -प्रतिज्ञ a.
    1 one who has made an agreement or engagement.
    -2 one who has fulfilled his promise.
    -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158.
    -फल n. successful. (
    -लम्) result, consequence.
    -बुद्धि a.
    1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3.
    -2 a man of resolute character.
    -3 informed of one's duty.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has per- formed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1.
    -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated.
    -मति a. firm, resolute.
    -मन्यु a. indignant.
    -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia.
    -2 the spotted antelope.
    -मुख a. learned, clever, wise.
    -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages.
    -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 stamped, marked.
    -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239.
    -3 excellent, amiable.
    -4 defined, dis- criminated.
    -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki.
    -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18.
    -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8.
    -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45.
    -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (
    -र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna.
    -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164.
    -वेदिन् a.
    1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ.
    -2 observant of propriety.
    -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27.
    -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.
    -शोभ a.
    1 splendid.
    -2 beautiful.
    -3 handy, dexterous.
    -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21.
    -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9.
    -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astro- nomy.
    -संकल्प a. resolved, determined.
    -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5.
    -संज्ञ a.
    1 having presence of mind... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms.
    -2 restored to consciousness or senses.
    -3 aroused.
    -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221.
    -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred.
    -संस्कार a.
    1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, ini- tiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78.
    -2 Pre- pared, adorned.
    -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has mar- ried another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife.
    -हस्त, -हस्तक a.
    1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy.
    -2 skilled in archery.
    -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity;... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47.
    -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कृत _kṛta

  • 8 Cabral, Pedro Álvares

    (1467?-1520?)
       Portuguese nobleman whose fleet discovered Brazil for Portugal in 1500. Born in Belmonte, Portugal, Cabral was a fidalgo in the court of King João II, and he married a niece of the conquistador Afonso de Albuquerque. Except for his nobility, it is not known why King Manuel I selected Cabral to command a fleet to voyage to Portuguese India to follow up Vasco da Gama's pioneering journey. Cabral's fleet contained 13 ships and as many as 1,500 crew members, and departed the Tagus River on 9 March 1500. The fleet's pilots and mariners executed the voyage skillfully, with the intention of reaching India directly, but winds and currents carried them farther west than was intended and, on 22 April 1500, they sighted land and later named the country the land of "Vera Cruz" (the True Cross), followed by "Santa Cruz" (Holy Cross), and finally "Brazil," after the wood that was the country's first main product. Cabral landed and claimed the land for Portugal. Much of the detail of this discovery is described in a celebrated account of Pedro Vaz da Caminha. Cabral's fleet continued to Calicut, India, where the Portuguese began to carve out a commercial empire by means of war, alliance, and trade. He returned to Portugal, his ships laden with Asian wealth. Cabral refused to accept the command of another India fleet in 1502 and apparently did not venture to sea again. His tomb is in the Church of Graça, Santarém.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Cabral, Pedro Álvares

  • 9 santo

    m.
    1 saint, saintly man.
    2 tip.
    3 Santo.
    * * *
    1 (gen) holy, sacred
    2 (persona) holy, saintly
    3 familiar (para enfatizar) hell of a, real, right
    recibió una santa bofetada he got a hell of a whack, he got a right whack
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 saint
    1 (imagen) image of a saint
    2 familiar (dibujo) picture
    3 (onomástica) saint's day
    \
    ¿a santo de qué? familiar why on earth?
    hacer su santa voluntad to do as one damn well pleases
    llegar y besar el santo familiar as easy as pie, a piece of cake
    no es santo de mi devoción familiar I'm not too fond of him, he's not my cup of tea
    ¡por todos los santos! familiar for heaven's sake!
    quedarse para vestir santos familiar to be left on the shelf
    Santo Oficio Holy Office
    santo y seña password
    un santo varón a saint of a man Table 1 NOTA See also san/Table 1
    ————————
    1 (imagen) image of a saint
    2 familiar (dibujo) picture
    3 (onomástica) saint's day
    * * *
    1. (f. - santa)
    noun
    2. (f. - santa)
    adj.
    1) holy
    * * *
    santo, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (Rel) [vida, persona] holy; [tierra] consecrated; [persona] saintly; [mártir] blessed
    semana
    2) [remedio] wonderful, miraculous
    3) [enfático] blessed
    2. SM / F
    1) (Rel) saint

    santo/a patrón/ona, santo/a titular — patron saint

    2)
    - ¿a santo de qué?
    - ¿a qué santo?

    ¡que se te va el santo al cielo! — you're miles away!

    3) (=persona) saint
    3. SM
    1) (=onomástica) saint's day
    2) [en libro] picture
    3)

    santo y seña — (Mil) password

    4) Cono Sur (Cos) patch, darn
    SANTO As well as celebrating their birthday, many Spaniards and Latin Americans celebrate their santo or onomástica. This is the day when the saint whose name they have is honoured in the Christian calendar. It used to be relatively common for newborn babies to be named after the saint on whose day they were born. So a boy born on 25 July (Saint James's day) stood a good chance of being christened "Santiago". The tradition may be dying out now that parents are no longer restricted to names from the Christian calendar. In Spain, as with birthdays, the person whose santo it is normally buys the drinks if they go out with friends.
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    1) (Relig)
    a) <lugar/mujer/vida> holy
    b) ( con nombre propio) St, Saint

    Santo Domingo — Saint Dominic; ver tb San

    2) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    - ta masculino, femenino
    1) ( persona) saint

    por todos los santos!for Heaven's o goodness' sake!

    ¿a santo de qué? — (fam) why on earth? (colloq)

    darse de santos — (Méx fam) to think oneself lucky (colloq)

    desnudar a un santo para vestir a otroto rob Peter to pay Paul

    no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción — he/she is not my/your/his favorite person

    quedarse para vestir santosto be left on the shelf

    se me/le fue el santo al cielo — it went right out of my/his head

    no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santodon't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate

    2) santo masculino ( festividad) name day, saint's day; ( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
    •• Cultural note:
    Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    1) (Relig)
    a) <lugar/mujer/vida> holy
    b) ( con nombre propio) St, Saint

    Santo Domingo — Saint Dominic; ver tb San

    2) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    - ta masculino, femenino
    1) ( persona) saint

    por todos los santos!for Heaven's o goodness' sake!

    ¿a santo de qué? — (fam) why on earth? (colloq)

    darse de santos — (Méx fam) to think oneself lucky (colloq)

    desnudar a un santo para vestir a otroto rob Peter to pay Paul

    no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción — he/she is not my/your/his favorite person

    quedarse para vestir santosto be left on the shelf

    se me/le fue el santo al cielo — it went right out of my/his head

    no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santodon't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate

    2) santo masculino ( festividad) name day, saint's day; ( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
    •• Cultural note:
    Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now
    * * *
    santo1
    1 = saint.

    Ex: The same person cannot be both a man and a woman, a saint and a sinner, a stay-at-home and an explorer, an ancient Roman and a modern Russian.

    * acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.
    * adoración de los santos = saint worship.
    * desvestir a un santo para vestir a otro = rob Peter to pay Paul.
    * Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.
    * día de un santo = saint's day.
    * efecto del santo = halo effect.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * Posesivo + santo = Posesivo + saint's day.
    * santo Job = Saint Job.
    * santo y seña = shibboleth.
    * tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

    santo2
    2 = holy [holier -comp., holiest -sup.], saintly [saintlier -comp., santiliest -sup,].

    Ex: The title of the article is 'More holy men than learned: impressions from Indian manuscript libraries'.

    Ex: All people, regardless of how saintly or naughty, merited a notice of their important contributions or personal characteristics.
    * ¡Cielo Santo! = Good heavens!.
    * Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.
    * hombre santo = holy man.
    * Jueves Santo = Maundy Thursday, Holy Thursday.
    * Sábado Santo = Holy Saturday.
    * Sábana Santa de Turín, la = Shroud of Turin, the.
    * Sábana Santa, la = Shroud, the, Holy Shroud, the.
    * Santa Claus = Father Christmas, Santa Claus.
    * Santa Hermandad, la = Holy Order, the.
    * Santa Sede = Holy See.
    * ¡Santo Cielo! = Good heavens!.
    * ¡Santo Dios! = goodness gracious.
    * Santo Domingo = Santo Domingo.
    * santo grial = holy grail.
    * santo patrón = patron saint.
    * Santo Sepulcro, el = Holy Sepulchre, the.
    * santo varón = holy man.
    * todo el santo día = all day long.
    * Viernes Santo = Good Friday.

    * * *
    santo1 -ta
    A ( Relig)
    1 ‹lugar/mujer/vida› holy
    la santa misa holy mass
    la Santa Madre Iglesia the Holy Mother Church
    los santos mártires the blessed martyrs
    tu abuelo, que fue un santo varón your grandfather, who was a saintly man o a saint
    fue un hombre santo y bueno he was a good and saintly man
    Santa Teresa/Rosa Saint Theresa/Rosa
    Santo Domingo/Tomás Saint Dominic/Thomas
    Compuestos:
    feminine Holy Alliance
    la Santoa Sede the Holy See
    masculine Blessed Sacrament
    masculine Second Coming
    esperar a algn/algo como al Santo Advenimiento to wait impatiently for sb/sth
    masculine Holy Grail
    masculine Holy Office
    masculine Holy Father
    masculine patron saint
    masculine ( AmL) patron saint
    mpl Holy Innocents (pl)
    mpl holy places (pl)
    mpl holy oils (pl)
    B ( fam)
    (uso enfático): estuvo lloviendo todo el santo día it rained the whole blessed day ( colloq)
    siempre tenemos que hacer su santa voluntad we always have to do what he wants
    santo2 -ta
    masculine, feminine
    santo (↑ santo a1)
    A (persona) saint
    imágenes de santos images of saints
    se ha portado como una santa she's been a little angel
    no te hagas el santo don't act o come over all virtuous
    se necesita una paciencia de santo para ese trabajo you need the patience of a saint to do that kind of work
    tu madre es una santa your mother's a saint
    ¡por todos los santos! for Heaven's o goodness' sake!
    ¿a santo de qué? or ¿a qué santo? ( fam); why on earth? ( colloq)
    ¿a qué santo tuviste que ir a decírselo? why on earth did you have to go and tell him?
    cada uno or cada cual para su santo ( fam): nada de pagar tú todo, cada uno para su santo you're not footing the bill, everyone can pay for themselves o pay their share
    trabaja cada cual para su santo everyone is just working for themselves
    comerse los santos ( fam); to be very holy
    con el santo de espaldas ill-starred, unlucky
    darse de santos ( Méx fam); to think oneself lucky ( colloq)
    ni tanto que queme al santo, ni tanto que no lo alumbre ( Col); try to strike a happy medium
    no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción he/she is not my/your/his favorite person
    no sé/sabía a qué santo encomendarme ( fam); I don't/didn't know which way to turn ( colloq)
    quedarse para vestir santos to be left on the shelf
    se me/le fue el santo al cielo it went right out of my/his head
    ser llegar y besar el santo ( fam): no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate o that it just fell into my/his lap
    te/le sienta como a un santo un par de pistolas ( fam hum); it looks awful on you/him o it doesn't suit you/him at all
    tener santos en la corte ( Chi fam); to have friends in high places ( colloq)
    Compuesto:
    password
    B
    santo masculine (festividad) name day, saint's day; (cumpleaños) ( esp AmL) birthday
    C ( Chi) (homenajeado) person who is celebrating his/her saint's day
    Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now.
    * * *

    Multiple Entries:
    S.    
    Sto.    
    santo
    S. (
    santo) St

    Sto. (Santo) St
    santo -ta adjetivo
    1 (Relig)
    a)lugar/mujer/vida holy



    ver tb San
    2 (fam) ( uso enfático) blessed;

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 ( persona) saint;

    no te hagas el santo don't come over all virtuous;
    santo y seña password
    2
    santo sustantivo masculino ( festividad) name day, saint's day;


    ( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
    santo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 Rel (lugar, hecho, vida, etc) holy
    2 (persona canonizada) Saint
    Santo Tomás, Saint Thomas
    3 acabó haciendo su santa voluntad, he ended up doing just as he wanted
    familiar todo el santo día, the whole blessed day
    II m,f (persona muy buena) saint
    III sustantivo masculino (onomástica) es mi santo, it's my saint's day o name day
    ♦ Locuciones: se me/le fue el santo al cielo, it went straight out of my/his head
    quedarse para vestir santos, familiar to be left on the shelf
    tener/no tener el santo de cara, to be very lucky/unlucky
    ¿a santo de qué?, why on earth?
    Mil ¡santo y seña!, password
    familiar (conseguir algo a la primera) llegar y besar el santo, to pull sthg off at the first attempt
    ' santo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bendita
    - bendito
    - cielo
    - devoción
    - espíritu
    - jueves
    - S.
    - sábado
    - san
    - santa
    - santidad
    - santificar
    - Santo Domingo
    - veladora
    - dios
    - San
    - Sto.
    - viernes
    English:
    Friday
    - god
    - good
    - Good Friday
    - grief
    - holy
    - mile
    - patron saint
    - rob
    - saint
    - saintly
    - shrine
    - tea
    - watchword
    - gracious
    - inquisition
    * * *
    santo, -a
    adj
    1. [sagrado] holy
    el Santo Advenimiento the Second Coming; Hist la Santa Alianza the Holy Alliance;
    la santa cena the Last Supper;
    el Santo Grial the Holy Grail;
    los Santos Inocentes the Holy Innocents;
    los santos lugares the holy places;
    la Santa Madre Iglesia the Holy Mother Church;
    el Santo Oficio the Holy Office;
    el Santo Padre the Holy Father;
    Am santo patrono patron saint;
    los santos sacramentos the Sacraments;
    la Santa Sede the Holy See
    2. [virtuoso] saintly;
    su padre era un santo varón her father was a saintly man
    3. [antes de nombre propio] Santa Claus Santa Claus;
    Méx, Ven Santa Clos Santa Claus;
    Santa María Saint Mary;
    Santo Tomás Saint Thomas
    4. [en nombres geográficos] Santo Domingo Santo Domingo;
    Santa Elena Saint Helena;
    Santo Tomé São Tomé;
    Santo Tomé y Príncipe São Tomé and Príncipe
    5. santa Rita [planta] bougainvillea
    6. Fam [dichoso, maldito] damn;
    todo el santo día all day long;
    no paró de nevar en todo el santo día it went on snowing all day long;
    el teléfono lleva sonando toda la santa mañana the damn phone hasn't stopped ringing all morning;
    él siempre hace su santa voluntad he always does whatever he damn well likes
    7. Fam [beneficioso] miraculous;
    esta infusión es cosa santa this herbal tea works wonders
    nm,f
    saint;
    su madre era una santa her mother was a saint
    santo patrón patron saint;
    santa patrona patron saint
    nm
    1. [onomástica] saint's day;
    hoy es su santo it's his saint's day today
    2. Fam [ilustración] illustration
    3. [contraseña]
    santo y seña password
    4. Chile [parche] patch
    5. Comp
    ¿a santo de qué? why on earth?, for what earthly reason?;
    ¿a santo de qué me llamas a casa? why on earth are you calling me at home?;
    desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro to rob Peter to pay Paul;
    se le fue el santo al cielo he completely forgot;
    llegar y besar el santo: fue llegar y besar el santo, nos dieron el permiso a los dos días it couldn't have been easier, we got the licence within two days;
    fue llegar y besar el santo, marcó a los dos minutos de su debut he was an instant success, he scored within two minutes of his debut;
    no es santo de mi devoción he's not my cup of tea;
    ¡por todos los santos! for heaven's sake!;
    quedarse para vestir santos to be left on the shelf;
    tener el santo de cara to have luck on one's side
    * * *
    I adj holy
    II m, santa f saint;
    ¿a santo de qué? fam what on earth for? fam ;
    no es santo de mi devoción fam I don’t like him very much, he isn’t my favorite o Br
    favourite person;
    quedarse para vestir santos fam be left on the shelf;
    tener el santo de cara be incredibly lucky, have the luck of the devil;
    tener el santo de espaldas have no luck at all;
    fue llegar y besar el santo fam everything fell into his lap;
    se me ha ido el santo al cielo fam it has gone right out of my head;
    dormir como un santo sleep like a baby o a log;
    Todos los Santos All Saints’ (Day)
    III m ( onomástica) saint’s day
    * * *
    santo, -ta adj
    1) : holy, saintly
    el Santo Padre: the Holy Father
    una vida santa: a saintly life
    2)
    Santa Clara: Saint Claire
    Santo Tomás: Saint Thomas
    San Francisco: Saint Francis
    santo, -ta n
    : saint
    santo nm
    1) : saint's day
    2) cumpleaños: birthday
    * * *
    santo1 adj
    1. (sagrado) holy [comp. holier; superl. holiest]
    santo2 n
    1. (persona) saint
    2. (día) saint's day

    Spanish-English dictionary > santo

  • 10 name

    neim
    1. noun
    1) (a word by which a person, place or thing is called: My name is Rachel; She knows all the flowers by name.) nombre
    2) (reputation; fame: He has a name for honesty.) fama, reputación

    2. verb
    1) (to give a name to: They named the child Thomas.) llamar, poner nombre, llamar
    2) (to speak of or list by name: He could name all the kings of England.) nombrar
    - namely
    - nameplate
    - namesake
    - call someone names
    - call names
    - in the name of
    - make a name for oneself
    - name after

    name1 n nombre
    my boyfriend's name is Charles el nombre de mi novio es Charles / mi novio se llama Charles
    name2 vb poner nombre a


    ñame sustantivo masculino LAm yam ' ñame' also found in these entries: Spanish: aparecer - apellido - apuntarse - betún - conocer - decir - denominar - dña - escriturar - esculpir - falsa - falso - gentilicio - honra - impronunciable - jota - ligarse - llamar - llamarse - mentar - nombrar - nombre - nominalmente - nominativa - nominativo - pila - recordar - remite - santa - santo - sonar - topónimo - tratar - tuntún - tutearse - verde - apelativo - apuntar - bautizar - be - cambiar - ce - cómo - común - de - doble - efe - ele - eme - ene English: bell - belt out - blare out I - blunder - blurt out - brand name - but - byword - call - caller - carve - Christian name - code name - disclose - distinctly - elude - escape - faintly - family name - female - file name - fill in - find out - first name - go under - granddaughter - leave out - maiden name - margin - mispronounce - misspell - mud - name - name-calling - name-dropper - name-dropping - omit - pen name - penny - progress - put - scrawl - term - think - unprecedented - waiting list - what - what's her - what's his - what's its-name
    tr[neɪm]
    what's your name? ¿cómo te llamas?
    2 (fame) fama, reputación nombre femenino
    1 llamar
    2 (appoint) nombrar
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in name only sólo de nombre
    in the name of... en nombre de...
    to call somebody names insultar a alguien
    to go by the name of... conocerse por el nombre de...
    to make a name for oneself hacerse un nombre
    to name names citar nombres, dar nombres
    to take somebody's name in vain faltar al respeto a alguien
    name day santo
    name ['neɪm] vt, named ; naming
    1) call: llamar, bautizar, ponerle nombre a
    2) mention: mentar, mencionar, dar el nombre de
    they have named a suspect: han dado el nombre de un sospechoso
    3) appoint: nombrar
    4)
    to name a price : fijar un precio
    name adj
    1) known: de nombre
    name brand: marca conocida
    2) prominent: de renombre, de prestigio
    name n
    1) : nombre m
    what is your name: ¿cómo se llama?
    2) surname: apellido m
    3) epithet: epíteto m
    to call somebody names: llamar a alguien de todo
    4) reputation: fama f, reputación f
    to make a name for oneself: darse a conocer, hacerse famoso
    n.
    apellido s.m.
    fama s.f.
    linaje s.m.
    nombre s.m.
    título s.m.
    v.
    apellidar v.
    denominar v.
    designar v.
    llamar v.
    mentar v.
    nombrar v.
    señalar v.

    I neɪm
    1) (of person, thing) nombre m; ( surname) apellido m

    what's your name? — ¿cómo te llamas?, ¿cómo se llama (Ud)?, ¿cuál es su nombre? (frml)

    she goes by o under the name of Shirley Lane — se hace llamar Shirley Lane

    he writes under the name (of)... — escribe bajo el seudónimo de...

    she's manager in all but namea todos los efectos or en la práctica, la directora es ella

    what in God's o heaven's name is this? — ¿qué diablos es esto?

    he doesn't have a penny to his nameno tiene dónde caerse muerto

    mentioning no names, without mentioning any names — sin mencionar a nadie

    to take somebody's name\<\<referee\>\> (BrE) sacarle* la tarjeta a alguien

    name tagetiqueta f de identificación, chapa f

    to name names — dar* nombres

    2)
    a) ( reputation) fama f

    to give somebody/something a bad name — darle* mala fama a alguien/algo

    b) ( person) figura f; ( company) nombre m

    II
    1) ( give name to) \<\<company/town\>\> ponerle* nombre a; \<\<boat\>\> bautizar*, ponerle* nombre a

    they named the baby George — le pusieron George al niño, al niño le pusieron por nombre George (liter)

    to name somebody/something AFTER o (AmE also) FOR somebody: they named her after Ann's mother le pusieron el nombre de la madre de Ann; the city is named after the national hero — la ciudad lleva el nombre del héroe nacional

    2) (identify, mention)

    you name it — (colloq)

    you name it, she's done it — ha hecho de todo lo habido y por haber

    3) ( appoint) nombrar
    [neɪm]
    1. N
    1) [of person, firm] nombre m ; (=surname) apellido m ; [of book, film] título m

    what's your name? — ¿cómo te llamas?

    what name shall I say? — (Telec) ¿de parte de quién?; (announcing arrival) ¿a quién debo anunciar?

    what name are they giving the child? — ¿qué nombre le van a poner al niño?

    to take sb's name and addressapuntar el nombre y las señas de algn

    by name — de nombre

    Pérez by name — de apellido Pérez, apellidado Pérez

    to go by the name of — ser conocido por el nombre de

    in name, he was king in name only — era rey tan solo de nombre

    he signed on in the name of Smithse inscribió en el paro or desempleo con el apellido Smith

    open up, in the name of the law! — ¡abran en nombre de la ley!

    what's in a name? — ¿qué importa un nombre?

    to lend one's name to — prestar su nombre a

    I'll do it, or my name's not Bloggs! — ¡como que me llamo Bloggs que lo haré!

    to put one's name down for — [+ new car etc] apuntarse para; [+ school, course] inscribirse en

    he had his name taken — (Sport) el árbitro apuntó su nombre

    we know it under another name — lo conocemos por otro nombre

    Christian, first 5., maiden, middle 3., pet I, 2., 2)
    2) names (=insults)
    3) (=reputation) reputación f, fama f

    to get (o.s.) a bad name — crearse mala reputación or fama

    he has a name for carelessness — tiene fama de descuidado

    the firm has a good name — la casa tiene buena reputación

    to make a name for o.s. — hacerse famoso

    4) (=person)

    big name *(gran) figura f, personaje m importante

    2. VT
    1) (=call) llamar; [+ person] (at birth) poner

    to name sth/sb after or (US) for sth/sb: they named him Winston after Churchill — le pusieron Winston por Churchill

    she was named after her grandmother — la llamaron como a su abuela, le pusieron el nombre de su abuela

    2) (=mention)

    you were not named in the speechno se te nombró or mencionó en el discurso

    name the third president of the USA — diga el nombre del tercer presidente de EE.UU.

    you name it, we've got it — cualquier cosa que pidas, la tenemos

    to name namesdar or mencionar nombres

    3) (=fix) [+ date, price] fijar

    have you named the day yet? — ¿han fijado ya la fecha de la boda?

    4) (=nominate) nombrar
    3.
    CPD

    name day N — (Rel) día m del santo, fiesta f onomástica; (Econ) día m de ajuste de cuentas

    name tape Netiqueta f con el nombre

    * * *

    I [neɪm]
    1) (of person, thing) nombre m; ( surname) apellido m

    what's your name? — ¿cómo te llamas?, ¿cómo se llama (Ud)?, ¿cuál es su nombre? (frml)

    she goes by o under the name of Shirley Lane — se hace llamar Shirley Lane

    he writes under the name (of)... — escribe bajo el seudónimo de...

    she's manager in all but namea todos los efectos or en la práctica, la directora es ella

    what in God's o heaven's name is this? — ¿qué diablos es esto?

    he doesn't have a penny to his nameno tiene dónde caerse muerto

    mentioning no names, without mentioning any names — sin mencionar a nadie

    to take somebody's name\<\<referee\>\> (BrE) sacarle* la tarjeta a alguien

    name tagetiqueta f de identificación, chapa f

    to name names — dar* nombres

    2)
    a) ( reputation) fama f

    to give somebody/something a bad name — darle* mala fama a alguien/algo

    b) ( person) figura f; ( company) nombre m

    II
    1) ( give name to) \<\<company/town\>\> ponerle* nombre a; \<\<boat\>\> bautizar*, ponerle* nombre a

    they named the baby George — le pusieron George al niño, al niño le pusieron por nombre George (liter)

    to name somebody/something AFTER o (AmE also) FOR somebody: they named her after Ann's mother le pusieron el nombre de la madre de Ann; the city is named after the national hero — la ciudad lleva el nombre del héroe nacional

    2) (identify, mention)

    you name it — (colloq)

    you name it, she's done it — ha hecho de todo lo habido y por haber

    3) ( appoint) nombrar

    English-spanish dictionary > name

  • 11 hecho

    adj.
    1 made, done.
    2 made, created.
    intj.
    1 done.
    2 agreed.
    m.
    1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.
    2 act, feat, deed, action.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: hacer.
    * * *
    1 (realidad) fact
    2 (suceso) event, incident
    ————————
    1→ link=hacer hacer
    1 (carne) done
    2 (persona) mature
    3 (frase, expresión) set
    4 (ropa) ready-made
    1 (realidad) fact
    2 (suceso) event, incident
    interjección ¡hecho!
    1 done!, agreed!
    \
    a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    de hecho in fact
    el hecho es que... the fact is that...
    eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minute
    estar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...
    está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabout
    hecho,-a a mano handmade
    hecho,-a a máquina machine-made
    hecho,-a en casa home-made
    hechos son amores actions speak louder than words
    lo hecho hecho está what's done is done
    muy hecho,-a (carne) well-cooked 2 (pasada) overdone
    poco,-a hecho,-a (carne) rare 2 (insuficientemente) underdone
    hecho consumado fait accompli
    hecho de armas feat of arms
    Hechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) fact
    2) deed
    2. (f. - hecha)
    adj.
    1) done, made
    * * *
    1.
    PP de hacer
    2. ADJ
    1) (=realizado) done

    si le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have

    ¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!

    2) (=manufacturado) made

    ¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?

    3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) ready

    ¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?

    4) (Culin)
    a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripe
    b) (=cocinado)

    muy hecho(=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone

    no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked

    un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak

    5) (=convertido en)

    ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously

    6) [persona]

    hecho y derecho —

    7) (=acostumbrado)
    3. SM
    1) (=acto)

    hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words

    2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) event

    el hecho es que... — the fact is that...

    un hecho histórico(=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact

    hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income

    3)

    de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact

    de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that

    4) (Jur)
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]
    1) ( manufacturado) made

    bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

    lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

    tú estás hecho un vagoyou've become o turned into a lazy devil

    hecho a algoused o accustomed to something

    hecho! — it's a deal!, done!

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)
    2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

    hecho y derecho< hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

    3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

    un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak

    III
    1)
    a) (acto, acción)

    ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    2) (realidad, verdad) fact

    el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

    3)
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]
    1) ( manufacturado) made

    bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

    lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

    tú estás hecho un vagoyou've become o turned into a lazy devil

    hecho a algoused o accustomed to something

    hecho! — it's a deal!, done!

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)
    2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

    hecho y derecho< hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

    3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

    un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak

    III
    1)
    a) (acto, acción)

    ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    2) (realidad, verdad) fact

    el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

    3)
    * * *
    hecho1
    1 = event, fact, deed.

    Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

    Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.
    Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.
    * enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.
    * estado de hecho = rule of men.
    * explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.
    * exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.
    * hecho consumado = fait accompli.
    * hecho demostrado = established fact.
    * hecho ineludible = hard fact.
    * hecho real = brute fact.
    * hechos dispersos = random facts.
    * hechos, los = plain fact, the.
    * hechos reales = true story.
    * no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.
    * partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * presunción de hecho = prima facie.
    * prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.
    * ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.
    * ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * verificación de los hechos = fact checking.

    hecho2

    Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.

    * a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.
    * cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.
    * comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.
    * comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * dado por hecho = foregone.
    * dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.
    * dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.
    * hecho a base de parches = patchwork.
    * hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.
    * hecho a máquina = machine-made.
    * hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.
    * hecho añicos = shattered.
    * hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].
    * hecho cisco = wrecked.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.
    * hecho de encaje = lacy.
    * hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].
    * hecho de trozos = piecewise.
    * hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.
    * hecho en América = American-built.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.
    * hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.
    * hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.
    * hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.
    * hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.
    * hecho expresamente para = intended for.
    * hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.
    * hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.
    * hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.
    * hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.
    * hecho por el hombre = man-made.
    * hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.
    * hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.
    * hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.
    * hecho puré = mashed.
    * hecho recientemente = fresh-made.
    * hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.
    * hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].
    * hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.
    * hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.
    * hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.
    * medio hecho = halfway done, half done.
    * menos hecho = rarer.
    * páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.
    * papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.
    * papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.
    * papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.
    * recién hecho = hot off the griddle.
    * resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.
    * sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.
    * solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

    * * *
    pp
    hecho a mano handmade
    hecho a máquina machine-made, machine-produced
    un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit
    está muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly made
    B
    (refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach him
    tomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with him
    lo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milk
    C
    (convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furious
    está hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fat
    se apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real mess
    me dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to pieces
    tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
    D (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sth
    un hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the country
    (expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!
    A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-peg
    con ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the peg
    B (terminado) ‹trabajo› done
    hecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown man
    un abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyer
    ya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gambler
    C ( esp Esp) ‹carne› done
    un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak
    D ( Chi fam) (borracho) plastered ( colloq)
    E
    (Col, Ven fam) (económicamente bien): estar hecho to have it made ( colloq)
    A
    1
    (acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want action
    demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
    no es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …
    2 (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    hechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo government
    los documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crime
    limítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the facts
    Compuestos:
    fait accompli
    ( frml); battle
    ( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)
    mpl:
    los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the Apostles
    B (realidad, verdad) fact
    es un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known fact
    para esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a reality
    el hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …
    es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …
    el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantage
    el hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:
    el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaper
    C
    de hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significant
    no fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last month
    él es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place
    * * *

     

    Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

    hecho es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hecho
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido to make;

    casa/carretera to build;
    nido to build, make;
    túnelto make, dig;
    dibujo/plano to do, draw;
    lista to make, draw up;
    resumen to do, make;
    película to make;
    nudo/lazo to tie;
    pan/pastel to make, bake;
    vino/café/tortilla to make;
    cerveza to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio to make;

    milagro to work, perform;
    deberes/ejercicios/limpieza to do;
    mandado to run;
    transacción/investigación to carry out;
    experimento to do, perform;
    entrevista to conduct;
    gira/viaje to do;
    regalo to give;
    favor to do;
    trato to make;

    aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hecho to make a lot of work
    b)cheque/factura to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta to make;
    proyecto/plan to make, draw up;
    crítica/comentario to make, voice;
    pregunta to ask;

    4

    hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna to make;
    amigo to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama to make;
    maleta to pack;
    hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el pianoantes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano wellshe used to play better;
    hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hecho v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hecho 1
    ◊ - cha pp [ ver tb hacer]

    1 ( manufacturado) made;

    un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
    bien/mal hecho well/badly made
    2 ( refiriéndose a acción):
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;

    no le avisépues mal hecho I didn't let him knowwell you should have (done);
    lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
    3 ( convertido en):

    tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
    ■ adjetivo

    b) ( terminado) ‹ trabajo done

    c) (esp Esp) ‹ carne done;

    un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

    hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (acto, acción):

    yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;

    demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event;


    2 (realidad, verdad) fact;

    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    hecho,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
    2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
    3 (cocinado, cocido) done
    un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
    4 (persona) mature
    5 (frase) set
    (ropa) ready-made
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (suceso real) fact
    el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
    de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
    3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
    III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
    ' hecho' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acontecer
    - actual
    - asesinar
    - braga
    - bribón
    - bribona
    - buena
    - bueno
    - casera
    - casero
    - chapucera
    - chapucero
    - chapuza
    - chaval
    - chavala
    - como
    - conmoverse
    - considerable
    - consumada
    - consumado
    - Cristo
    - de
    - despeluchar
    - desvarío
    - dicha
    - dicho
    - documentalista
    - elemento
    - encubrir
    - entrar
    - exquisita
    - exquisito
    - fideo
    - fiera
    - flan
    - furia
    - haber
    - habilidosa
    - habilidoso
    - hallar
    - hecha
    - higo
    - hojalata
    - humanamente
    - incidencia
    - interdisciplinaria
    - interdisciplinario
    - jirón
    - jugarreta
    - lástima
    English:
    accept
    - action
    - actual
    - actually
    - adjust
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - angry
    - appease
    - asbestos
    - bandwagon
    - bargain
    - basis
    - beat
    - by
    - challenge
    - cock-up
    - collar
    - come
    - confirm
    - cry
    - custom
    - cut out
    - damage
    - deal
    - decree
    - delay
    - deliberately
    - done
    - dream
    - effect
    - effectively
    - enforce
    - established
    - fact
    - failure
    - fait accompli
    - find out
    - fitted
    - freshly
    - fully-fledged
    - good
    - grown
    - gumbo
    - hand
    - handmade
    - however
    - hurried
    - in
    * * *
    hecho, -a
    participio
    ver hacer
    adj
    1. [llevado a cabo]
    hecho a mano handmade;
    hecho a máquina machine-made;
    una película bien hecha a well-made film;
    ¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    ¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;
    ¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;
    lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;
    Fam
    a lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;
    tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming
    2. [acabado] mature;
    una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;
    estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist
    3. [carne, pasta] done;
    quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare
    4. [acostumbrado]
    estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;
    está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;
    no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so early
    5. Andes, RP Fam
    estar hecho [en condiciones] to have it all;
    con la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;
    me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done
    nm
    1. [suceso] event;
    los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;
    el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crime
    hecho consumado fait accompli
    2. [realidad, dato] fact;
    el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;
    es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;
    el hecho es que… the fact is that…;
    hecho ineludible fact of life
    3. [obra] action, deed;
    sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;
    queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promises
    los Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms
    4.
    de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;
    claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together
    5. [en la práctica] de facto;
    es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president
    interj
    it's a deal!, you're on!;
    te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!
    * * *
    I parthacer; ( confeccionado)
    :
    hecho a mano hand-made;
    un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;
    muy hecho carne well-done;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    ¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;
    a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is done
    II adj finished;
    un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown man
    III m
    1 ( realidad) fact;
    de hecho in fact;
    el hecho es que the fact is that
    2 ( suceso) event
    3 ( obra) action, deed;
    un hecho consumado a fait accompli
    * * *
    hecho, - cha adj
    1) : made, done
    2) : ready-to-wear
    3) : complete, finished
    hecho y derecho: full-fledged
    hecho nm
    1) : fact
    2) : event
    hechos históricos: historic events
    3) : act, action
    4)
    de hecho : in fact, in reality
    * * *
    hecho1 adj
    ¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?
    2. (cocinado) done
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    ¡hecho! done!
    hecho2 n
    1. (en general) fact
    2. (acto) action
    demuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words

    Spanish-English dictionary > hecho

  • 12 for

    1. preposition
    1) (representing, on behalf of, in exchange against) für; (in place of) für; anstelle von

    what is the German for "buzz"? — wie heißt "buzz" auf Deutsch?

    2) (in defence, support, or favour of) für

    be for doing something — dafür sein, etwas zu tun

    it's each [man] or every man for himself — jeder ist auf sich selbst gestellt

    3) (to the benefit of) für
    4) (with a view to) für; (conducive[ly] to) zu

    they invited me for Christmas/Monday/supper — sie haben mich zu Weihnachten/für Montag/zum Abendessen eingeladen

    what is it for? — wofür/wozu ist das?

    5) (being the motive of) für; (having as purpose) zu

    take somebody for a ride in the car/a walk — jemanden im Auto spazieren fahren/mit jemandem einen Spaziergang machen

    work for a livingfür den Lebensunterhalt arbeiten

    run/jump etc. for it — loslaufen/-springen usw.

    7) (to reach) nach

    set out for England/the north/an island — nach England/Norden/zu einer Insel aufbrechen

    8) (to be received by) für

    that's Jim for youdas sieht Jim mal wieder ähnlich

    be dressed/ready for dinner — zum Dinner angezogen/fertig sein

    have something for breakfast/pudding — etwas zum Frühstück/Nachtisch haben

    enough... for — genug... für

    too... for — zu... für

    there is nothing for it but to do somethinges gibt keine andere Möglichkeit, als etwas zu tun

    10) (to the amount of)

    cheque/ bill for £5 — Scheck/Rechnung über od. in Höhe von 5 Pfund

    things don't look very promising for the businesswas die Geschäfte angeht, sieht das alles nicht sehr vielversprechend aus

    it is wise/advisable for somebody to do something — es ist vernünftig/ratsam, dass jemand etwas tut

    it's hopeless for me to try and explain the system — es ist sinnlos, dir das System erklären zu wollen

    12) (as being) für

    I/you etc. for one — ich/ du usw. für mein[en]/dein[en] usw. Teil

    famous/well-known for something — berühmt/ bekannt wegen od. für etwas

    jump/ shout for joy — vor Freude in die Luft springen/schreien

    were it not for you/ your help, I should not be able to do it — ohne dich/deine Hilfe wäre ich nicht dazu in der Lage

    for all... — trotz...

    for all that,... — trotzdem...

    16) (on account of the hindrance of) vor (+ Dat.)

    for fear of... — aus Angst vor (+ Dat.)

    but for..., except for... — wenn nicht... gewesen wäre, [dann]...

    17) (so far as concerns)

    for all I know/care... — möglicherweise/was mich betrifft,...

    for one thing,... — zunächst einmal...

    18) (considering the usual nature of) für
    19) (during) seit

    we've/we haven't been here for three years — wir sind seit drei Jahren hier/nicht mehr hier gewesen

    we waited for hours/three hours — wir warteten stundenlang/drei Stunden lang

    sit here for now or for the moment — bleiben Sie im Augenblick hier sitzen

    20) (to the extent of)

    walk for 20 miles/for another 20 miles — 20 Meilen [weit] gehen/weiter gehen

    21)

    be for it(coll.) dran sein (ugs.); sich auf was gefasst machen können (ugs.)

    2. conjunction
    (since, as proof) denn
    * * *
    [fo:] 1. preposition
    1) (to be given or sent to: This letter is for you.) für
    2) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) nach
    3) (through a certain time or distance: for three hours; for three miles.) für
    4) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) nach
    5) (in return; as payment: He paid $2 for his ticket.) für
    6) (in order to be prepared: He's getting ready for the journey.) für
    7) (representing: He is the member of parliament for Hull.) für
    8) (on behalf of: Will you do it for me?)
    9) (in favour of: Are you for or against the plan?) dafür
    10) (because of: for this reason.) wegen, aus
    11) (having a particular purpose: She gave me money for the bus fare.) für
    12) (indicating an ability or an attitude to: a talent for baking; an ear for music.) für
    13) (as being: They mistook him for someone else.) für
    14) (considering what is used in the case of: It is quite warm for January (= considering that it is January when it is usually cold).) für
    15) (in spite of: For all his money, he didn't seem happy.) trotz
    2. conjunction
    (because: It must be late, for I have been here a long time.) denn
    * * *
    [fɔ:ʳ, fəʳ, AM fɔ:r, fɚ]
    I. conj ( liter or dated) denn
    II. prep
    1. (intended to be given to) für + akk
    I bought a new collar \for my dog ich habe ein neues Halsband für meinen Hund gekauft
    this is a birthday present \for you hier ist ein Geburtstagsgeschenk für dich
    there are government subsidies available \for farmers für Bauern gibt es Zuschüsse vom Staat
    to vote \for sb/sth für jdn/etw stimmen
    they voted \for independence in a referendum sie haben sich in einem Referendum für die Unabhängigkeit ausgesprochen
    to be \for sb/sth für jdn/etw sein
    his followers are still \for him seine Anhänger unterstützen ihn noch immer
    to be \for a good cause für einen guten Zweck sein
    to be all \for sth ganz für etw akk sein
    to be \for doing sth dafür sein, dass etw getan wird
    are you \for banning smoking in public places? sind Sie dafür, das Rauchen in der Öffentlichkeit zu verbieten?
    3. (regarding sb) für + akk
    I'm happy \for you that it finally worked out ich freue mich für dich, dass es endlich geklappt hat
    you're not making it easy \for me to tell you the truth du machst es mir nicht gerade einfach, dir die Wahrheit zu sagen
    the coffee was too strong \for me der Kaffee war mir zu stark
    luckily \for me, I already had another job zu meinem Glück hatte ich bereits eine andere Stelle
    the admiration she felt \for him soon died ihre Bewunderung für ihn war schnell verflogen
    is this seat high enough \for you? ist Ihnen dieser Sitz hoch genug?
    I feel sorry \for her sie tut mir leid
    to feel nothing but contempt \for sb/sth nichts als Verachtung für jdn/etw empfinden
    to be concerned \for sb/sth um jdn/etw besorgt sein
    to feel \for sb mit jdm fühlen
    as \for me was mich betrifft [o angeht]
    Jackie's already left and, as \for me, I'm going at the end of the month Jackie ist schon weg, und was mich angeht, ich gehe Ende des Monats
    4. (regarding sth) für + akk
    how are you doing \for money? wie sieht es bei dir mit dem Geld aus?
    \for my part was mich betrifft
    \for all I know möglicherweise
    \for all I know, he could have left the country möglicherweise hat er schon das Land verlassen
    to be responsible \for sth für etw akk verantwortlich sein
    to prepare \for sth sich akk auf etw akk vorbereiten
    5. (comparing) für + akk
    the summer has been quite hot \for England für England war das ein ziemlich heißer Sommer
    to be too big/fast \for sb/sth zu groß/schnell für jdn/etw sein
    she's very mature \for her age sie ist für ihr Alter schon sehr reif
    the weather is warm \for the time of year für diese Jahreszeit ist das Wetter mild
    he's quite thoughtful \for a child of 8 für einen Achtjährigen ist er ziemlich rücksichtsvoll
    6. (to get, have)
    oh \for something to drink! hätte ich doch bloß etwas zu trinken!
    oh \for a strong black coffee! und jetzt einen starken schwarzen Kaffee!
    he did it \for the fame er tat es, um berühmt zu werden
    even though he's in this \for the money, we still need him auch wenn er es nur wegen des Geldes tut, wir brauchen ihn
    she's eager \for a chance to show that she's a capable worker sie möchte gerne beweisen, dass sie eine fähige Mitarbeiterin ist
    demand \for money Bedarf m an Geld
    to send \for the doctor den Arzt holen
    to apply \for a job sich akk um eine Stelle bewerben
    to have a need \for sth etw brauchen
    to look \for a way to do sth nach einer Möglichkeit suchen, etw zu tun
    to ask \for sth um etw akk bitten
    7. (on behalf of, representing) für + akk
    he's an agent \for models and actors er ist Agent für Models und Schauspieler
    next time you see them, say hi \for me grüß sie von mir, wenn du sie wieder siehst
    the messenger was there \for his boss der Bote war in Vertretung seines Chefs dort
    to do sth \for sb etw für jdn tun
    to do sth \for oneself etw selbst tun
    8. (as ordered by) für + akk
    to do sth \for sb/sth etw für jdn/etw tun
    they had to do extra work \for their boss sie mussten noch zusätzliche Arbeiten für ihren Chef erledigen
    I have some things to do \for school ich muss noch etwas für die Schule machen
    9. (employed by) bei + dat
    she is a tutor \for the Open University sie ist Tutorin an der Fernuniversität
    to work \for sb/sth bei jdm/etw [o für jdn/etw] arbeiten
    10. (purpose, aim) für + akk
    what's that \for? wofür ist das?
    that's useful \for removing rust damit kann man gut Rost entfernen
    that's not \for eating das ist nicht zum Essen
    a course \for beginners in Russian ein Russischkurs für Anfänger
    \for your information zu Ihrer Information
    \for the record der Ordnung halber
    the spokesman told the press \for the record that the president was in good health der Sprecher sagte der Presse für das Protokoll, der Präsident sei bei guter Gesundheit
    for rent/sale zu vermieten/verkaufen
    bikes \for rent Räder zu vermieten
    to be not \for sale unverkäuflich sein
    to wait \for sb/sth auf jdn/etw warten
    to wait \for sb to do sth darauf warten, dass jd etw tut
    to do sth \for sth/sb etw für etw/jdn tun
    what did you do that \for? wozu hast du das getan?
    what do you use these enormous scissors \for? wozu brauchst du diese riesige Schere?
    he is taking medication \for his heart condition er nimmt Medikamente für sein Herz
    you need to move closer \for me to hear you du musst ein bisschen näher herkommen, damit ich dich hören kann
    11. (because of) wegen + gen; (out of) aus + dat; (with) vor + dat
    I don't eat meat \for various reasons ich esse aus verschiedenen Gründen kein Fleisch
    I could dance and sing \for joy! ich könnte vor Freude tanzen und singen!
    he apologized \for being late er entschuldigte sich wegen seiner Verspätung
    Bob was looking all the better \for his three weeks in Spain nach seinen drei Wochen Spanien sah Bob viel besser aus
    how are you?fine, and all the better \for seeing you! wie geht's? — gut, und jetzt wo ich dich sehe, gleich noch viel besser!
    I could not see \for the tears in my eyes ich konnte vor Tränen in den Augen gar nicht sehen
    if it hadn't been \for him, we wouldn't be here right now ( form) ohne ihn wären wir jetzt nicht hier
    \for fear of sth aus Angst vor etw dat
    \for lack of sth aus Mangel an etw dat
    to be arrested \for murder wegen Mordes verhaftet werden
    \for that [or this] reason aus diesem Grund
    to be famous \for sth für etw akk berühmt sein
    to love sb \for sth jdn für etw akk lieben
    she loves him just \for being himself sie liebt ihn einfach dafür, dass er so ist, wie er ist
    12. (as destination) nach + dat
    this train is \for Birmingham dieser Zug fährt nach Birmingham
    he made \for home in a hurry er eilte schnell nach Hause
    just follow signs \for the town centre folgen Sie einfach den Schildern in die Innenstadt
    to go \for sb [with one's fists] [mit den Fäusten] auf jdn losgehen
    to run \for sb/sth zu jdm/etw laufen
    I had to run \for the bus ich musste laufen, um den Bus noch zu kriegen
    13. (meaning)
    to be \for sth für etw akk stehen
    A is \for ‘airlines’ A steht für ‚Airlines‘
    to stand \for sth etw bedeuten, für etw akk stehen
    what does the M.J. stand \for? María José? was bedeutet M.J.? María José?
    what's the Spanish word \for ‘vegetarian’? was heißt ‚Vegetarier‘ auf Spanisch?
    14. (in return, exchange) für + akk
    she paid a high price \for loyalty to her boss sie hat einen hohen Preis für die Loyalität zu ihrem Chef gezahlt
    that's \for cheating on me! das ist dafür, dass du mich betrogen hast!
    how much did you pay \for your glasses? wie viel hast du für deine Brille gezahlt?
    a cheque \for £100 eine Scheck über 100 Pfund
    not \for a million dollars [or \for all the world] um nichts in der Welt
    I wouldn't go out with him \for a million dollars ich würde für kein Geld der Welt mit ihm ausgehen
    to do sth \for nothing etw umsonst machen
    to buy/sell sth \for 100 euro/a lot of money etw für 100 Euro/viel Geld kaufen/verkaufen
    you can buy a bestseller \for about £6 Sie bekommen einen Bestseller schon für 6 Pfund
    to trade sth \for sth etw gegen etw akk [ein]tauschen
    15. (with a period of time) für + akk; (ongoing) seit + dat
    I'm just going to sleep \for half an hour ich lege mich mal eine halbe Stunde schlafen
    he was jailed \for twelve years er musste für zwölf Jahre ins Gefängnis
    my father has been smoking \for 10 years mein Vater raucht seit 10 Jahren
    \for the next two days in den beiden nächsten Tagen
    \for a bit/while ein bisschen/eine Weile
    play here \for a while! spiel doch mal ein bisschen hier!
    I'm just going out \for a while ich gehe mal kurz raus fam
    \for eternity/ever bis in alle Ewigkeit
    this pact is \for ever dieser Pakt gilt für immer und ewig
    \for the moment im Augenblick
    \for a time eine Zeit lang
    \for a long time seit Langem
    I hadn't seen him \for such a long time that I didn't recognize him ich hatte ihn schon so lange nicht mehr gesehen, dass ich ihn nicht erkannte
    \for some time seit Längerem
    \for the time being für den Augenblick, vorübergehend
    16. (a distance of)
    \for a kilometre/mile einen Kilometer/eine Meile
    he always jogs \for 5 kilometres before breakfast er joggt immer 5 Kilometer vor dem Frühstück
    17. (at a certain date, time, occasion) für + akk
    he booked a table at the restaurant \for nine o'clock er reservierte in dem Restaurant einen Tisch für neun Uhr
    they set their wedding date \for September 15 sie setzten ihre Hochzeit für den 15. September fest
    I need some money \for tonight ich brauche etwas Geld für heute Abend
    what did you buy him \for Christmas? was hast du ihm zu Weihnachten gekauft?
    he arrived at 8.00 \for dinner at 8.30 er kam um acht zu dem für halb neun verabredeten Abendessen
    to invite sb \for dinner/lunch jdn zum Abendessen/Mittagessen einladen
    \for the first time zum ersten Mal
    \for the [very] last time zum [aller]letzten Mal
    \for the first/second time running im ersten/zweiten Durchlauf
    18. (despite) trotz + gen
    , ungeachtet +gen geh
    \for all that trotz alledem
    \for all his effort, the experiment was a failure das Experiment war trotz all seiner Anstrengungen ein Fehlschlag
    19. (per) für + akk
    there is one teacher \for every 25 students in our school in unserer Schule kommt auf 25 Schüler ein Lehrer
    \for every cigarette you smoke, you take off one day of your life mit jeder Zigarette, die du rauchst, verkürzt sich dein Leben um einen Tag
    to repeat sth word \for word etw Wort für Wort wiederholen
    20. (the duty of)
    to [not] be \for sb to do sth [nicht] jds Sache sein, etw zu tun
    it's not \for me to tell her what to do es ist nicht meine Aufgabe, ihr vorzuschreiben, was sie zu tun hat
    the decision is not \for him to make die Entscheidung liegt nicht bei ihm
    21. (as) für + akk
    she thought it \for a lie but didn't say anything sie hielt es für gelogen, sagte aber nichts
    I \for one am sick of this bickering ich für meinen Teil habe genug von diesem Gezänk
    22.
    \for Africa SA ( fam) Unmengen + gen
    I've got homework \for Africa ich habe noch jede Menge Hausaufgaben fam
    to be [in] \for it ( fam) Schwierigkeiten bekommen
    you're in \for it! jetzt bist du dran! fam
    \for crying out loud um Himmels willen
    an eye \for an eye Auge um Auge
    that's Jane/Mark/etc. \for you so ist Jane/Mark/etc. eben!, das sieht Jane/Mark/etc. mal wieder ähnlich!, das ist wieder mal typisch für Jane/Mark/etc.!
    that's children \for you! so sind Kinder eben!
    that's/there's sth \for you ( pej)
    there's gratitude \for you! und so was nennt sich Dankbarkeit! fam
    there's manners \for you! das sind [mir] ja schöne Manieren! iron fam
    * * *
    I [fɔː(r)]
    1. prep
    1) (intention) für; (purpose) zu, für; (destination) nach

    clothes for childrenKleidung f für Kinder, Kinderkleidung f

    what for? — wofür?, wozu?

    what did you do that for? —

    a room for working in/sewing — ein Zimmer zum Arbeiten/Nähen

    a bag for carrying books (in) — eine Tasche, um Bücher zu tragen

    fit for nothing —

    ready for anything —

    this will do for a hammerdas kann man als Hammer nehmen

    to leave for the USAin die USA or nach Amerika abreisen

    he swam for the shore — er schwamm auf die Küste zu, er schwamm in Richtung Küste

    2)

    (indicating suitability) it's not for you to ask questions — Sie haben kein Recht, Fragen zu stellen

    it's not for me to say — es steht mir nicht zu, mich dazu zu äußern

    3)

    (= representing, instead of) I'll speak to her for you if you like —

    I need someone to make up my mind for me — ich brauche jemanden, der die Entscheidung für mich trifft

    she works for a bank (in the bank) — sie arbeitet bei or in einer Bank; (outside the bank) sie arbeitet für eine Bank

    4) (= in defence, in favour of) für

    I'm all for itich bin ganz or sehr dafür

    I'm all for helping him —

    5)

    (= with regard to) anxious for sb — um jdn besorgt

    as for him/that — was ihn/das betrifft

    warm/cold for the time of year — warm/kalt für die Jahreszeit

    6) (= because of) aus

    he did it for fear of being left — er tat es aus Angst, zurückgelassen zu werden

    he is famous for his jokes/his big nose — er ist für seine Witze bekannt/wegen seiner großen Nase berühmt

    do it for metu es für mich

    7) (= in spite of) trotz (+gen or (inf) +dat)

    for all that, you should have warned me — Sie hätten mich trotz allem warnen sollen

    8) (= in exchange) für

    to pay four euros for a ticketvier Euro für eine Fahrkarte zahlen

    he'll do it for ten pounds —

    9)

    (= in contrast) for every job that is created, two are lost — für jede Stelle, die neu geschaffen wird, gehen zwei verloren

    10) (in time) seit; (with future tense) für

    I had/have known her for years — ich kannte/kenne sie schon seit Jahren

    he won't be back for a weeker wird erst in einer Woche zurück sein

    can you get it done for Monday/this time next week? — können Sie es bis or für Montag/bis in einer Woche fertig haben?

    for a while/time — (für) eine Weile/einige Zeit

    11)

    (distance) the road is lined with trees for two miles — die Straße ist auf or über zwei Meilen mit Bäumen gesäumt

    12)

    (with verbs) to pray for peace — für den or um Frieden beten

    See:
    → vbs
    13) (after n: indicating liking, aptitude etc) für

    his knack for saying the wrong thing — sein Talent, das Falsche zu sagen

    14)

    (with infin clauses) for this to be possible — damit dies möglich wird

    it's easy for him to do it — für ihn ist es leicht, das zu tun, er kann das leicht tun

    I brought it for you to see — ich habe es mitgebracht, damit Sie es sich (dat) ansehen können

    the best thing would be for you to leave — das Beste wäre, wenn Sie weggingen

    their one hope is for him to return — ihre einzige Hoffnung ist, dass er zurückkommt

    15)

    (phrases) to do sth for oneself — etw alleine tun

    2. conj
    denn
    3. adj pred
    (= in favour) dafür

    17 were for, 13 against — 17 waren dafür, 13 dagegen

    II abbr frei Bahn
    * * *
    for [fɔː(r); unbetont fə(r)]
    A präp
    1. allg für:
    it was very awkward for her es war sehr peinlich für sie, es war ihr sehr unangenehm;
    he spoilt their holidays (bes US vacation) for them er verdarb ihnen den ganzen Urlaub;
    she brought a letter for me to sign sie brachte mir einen Brief zur Unterschrift
    2. für, zugunsten von:
    a gift for him ein Geschenk für ihn;
    this letter is for me dieser Brief ist an mich;
    for and against für und wider; academic.ru/69264/speak_for">speak for 1
    3. für, (mit der Absicht) zu, um (… willen):
    apply for the post sich um die Stellung bewerben;
    die for a cause für eine Sache sterben;
    come for dinner zum Essen kommen
    4. (Wunsch, Ziel) nach, auf (akk):
    a claim for sth ein Anspruch auf eine Sache;
    the desire for sth der Wunsch oder das Verlangen nach etwas;
    call for sb nach jemandem rufen;
    wait for sth auf etwas warten;
    oh, for a car! ach, hätte ich doch nur ein Auto!
    b) (bestimmt) für oder zu:
    tools for cutting Werkzeuge zum Schneiden, Schneidewerkzeuge;
    the right man for the job der richtige Mann für diesen Posten
    6. (Mittel) gegen:
    treat sb for cancer jemanden gegen oder auf Krebs behandeln;
    there is nothing for it but to give in es bleibt nichts (anderes) übrig, als nachzugeben
    8. (als Entgelt) für, gegen, um:
    I sold it for £10 ich verkaufte es für 10 Pfund
    9. (im Tausch) für, gegen:
    10. (Betrag, Menge) über (akk):
    a postal order for £2
    11. (Grund) aus, vor (dat), wegen:
    for this reason aus diesem Grund;
    die for grief aus oder vor Gram sterben;
    weep for joy aus oder vor Freude weinen;
    I can’t see for the fog ich kann nichts sehen wegen des Nebels oder vor lauter Nebel;
    she couldn’t speak for laughing sie konnte vor (lauter) Lachen nicht sprechen
    12. (als Strafe etc) für, wegen:
    13. dank, wegen:
    were it not for his energy wenn er nicht so energisch wäre, dank seiner Energie;
    if it wasn’t for him wenn er nicht wäre, ohne ihn; he would never have done it, if it hadn’t been for me talking him into it wenn ich ihn nicht dazu überredet hätte
    14. für, in Anbetracht (gen), im Hinblick auf (akk), im Verhältnis zu:
    he is tall for his age er ist groß für sein Alter;
    it is rather cold for July es ist ziemlich kalt für Juli;
    for a foreigner he speaks English fairly well für einen Ausländer spricht er recht gut Englisch
    15. (Begabung, Neigung) für, (Hang) zu:
    an eye for beauty Sinn für das Schöne
    16. (zeitlich) für, während, auf (akk), für die Dauer von, seit:
    for a week eine Woche (lang);
    come for a week komme auf oder für eine Woche;
    for hours stundenlang;
    for a ( oder some) time past seit längerer Zeit;
    for a long time past schon seit Langem;
    not for a long time noch lange nicht;
    the first picture for two months der erste Film in oder seit zwei Monaten;
    for months ahead auf Monate (hinaus)
    17. (Strecke) weit, lang:
    run for a mile eine Meile (weit) laufen
    18. nach, auf (akk), in Richtung auf (akk):
    the train for London der Zug nach London;
    the passengers for Rome die nach Rom reisenden Passagiere;
    start for Paris nach Paris abreisen;
    now for it! Br umg jetzt (nichts wie) los oder drauf!, jetzt gilt’s!
    19. für, anstelle von (oder gen), (an)statt:
    20. für, in Vertretung oder im Auftrag oder im Namen von (oder gen):
    act for sb in jemandes Auftrag handeln
    21. für, als:
    books for presents Bücher als Geschenk;
    they were sold for slaves sie wurden als Sklaven verkauft;
    take that for an answer nimm das als Antwort
    22. trotz (gen oder dat), ungeachtet (gen):
    for all that trotz alledem;
    for all his wealth trotz seines ganzen Reichtums, bei allem Reichtum;
    for all you may say sage, was du willst
    23. as for was … betrifft:
    as for me was mich betrifft oder an(be)langt;
    as for that matter was das betrifft;
    for all I know soviel ich weiß;
    for all of me meinetwegen, von mir aus
    24. nach adj und vor inf:
    it is too heavy for me to lift es ist so schwer, dass ich es nicht heben kann;
    it is impossible for me to come es ist mir unmöglich zu kommen, ich kann unmöglich kommen;
    it seemed useless for me to continue es erschien mir sinnlos, noch weiterzumachen
    25. mit s oder pron und inf:
    it is time for you to go home es ist Zeit, dass du heimgehst; es ist Zeit für dich heimzugehen;
    it is for you to decide die Entscheidung liegt bei Ihnen;
    a) es ist nicht deine Sache zu inf,
    b) es steht dir nicht zu inf;
    he called for the girl to bring him some tea er rief nach dem Mädchen und bat es, ihm Tee zu bringen;
    don’t wait for him to turn up yet wartet nicht darauf, dass er noch auftaucht;
    there is no need for anyone to know es braucht niemand zu wissen
    that’s a wine for you das ist vielleicht ein Weinchen, das nenne ich einen Wein
    27. US nach:
    B konj denn, weil, nämlich
    * * *
    1. preposition
    1) (representing, on behalf of, in exchange against) für; (in place of) für; anstelle von

    what is the German for "buzz"? — wie heißt "buzz" auf Deutsch?

    2) (in defence, support, or favour of) für

    be for doing something — dafür sein, etwas zu tun

    it's each [man] or every man for himself — jeder ist auf sich selbst gestellt

    4) (with a view to) für; (conducive[ly] to) zu

    they invited me for Christmas/Monday/supper — sie haben mich zu Weihnachten/für Montag/zum Abendessen eingeladen

    what is it for? — wofür/wozu ist das?

    6) (to obtain, win, save)

    take somebody for a ride in the car/a walk — jemanden im Auto spazieren fahren/mit jemandem einen Spaziergang machen

    run/jump etc. for it — loslaufen/-springen usw.

    7) (to reach) nach

    set out for England/the north/an island — nach England/Norden/zu einer Insel aufbrechen

    be dressed/ready for dinner — zum Dinner angezogen/fertig sein

    have something for breakfast/pudding — etwas zum Frühstück/Nachtisch haben

    enough... for — genug... für

    too... for — zu... für

    there is nothing for it but to do something — es gibt keine andere Möglichkeit, als etwas zu tun

    cheque/ bill for £5 — Scheck/Rechnung über od. in Höhe von 5 Pfund

    11) (to affect, as if affecting) für

    things don't look very promising for the business — was die Geschäfte angeht, sieht das alles nicht sehr vielversprechend aus

    it is wise/advisable for somebody to do something — es ist vernünftig/ratsam, dass jemand etwas tut

    it's hopeless for me to try and explain the system — es ist sinnlos, dir das System erklären zu wollen

    12) (as being) für

    I/you etc. for one — ich/ du usw. für mein[en]/dein[en] usw. Teil

    13) (on account of, as penalty of) wegen

    famous/well-known for something — berühmt/ bekannt wegen od. für etwas

    jump/ shout for joy — vor Freude in die Luft springen/schreien

    were it not for you/ your help, I should not be able to do it — ohne dich/deine Hilfe wäre ich nicht dazu in der Lage

    for all... — trotz...

    for all that,... — trotzdem...

    for fear of... — aus Angst vor (+ Dat.)

    but for..., except for... — wenn nicht... gewesen wäre, [dann]...

    for all I know/care... — möglicherweise/was mich betrifft,...

    for one thing,... — zunächst einmal...

    19) (during) seit

    we've/we haven't been here for three years — wir sind seit drei Jahren hier/nicht mehr hier gewesen

    we waited for hours/three hours — wir warteten stundenlang/drei Stunden lang

    sit here for now or for the moment — bleiben Sie im Augenblick hier sitzen

    walk for 20 miles/for another 20 miles — 20 Meilen [weit] gehen/weiter gehen

    21)

    be for it(coll.) dran sein (ugs.); sich auf was gefasst machen können (ugs.)

    2. conjunction
    (since, as proof) denn
    * * *
    conj.
    als konj.
    denn konj.
    für konj.
    nach konj.
    zu konj.

    English-german dictionary > for

  • 13 certain

    adjective
    1) (settled) bestimmt [Zeitpunkt]
    2) (unerring) sicher; (sure to happen) unvermeidlich; sicher [Tod]

    I [don't] know for certain when... — ich weiß [nicht] genau, wann...

    I can't say for certain that... — ich kann nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, dass...

    make certain of something(ensure) für etwas sorgen; (examine and establish) sich einer Sache (Gen.) vergewissern

    3) (indisputable) unbestreitbar
    4) (confident) sicher

    of that I'm quite certaindessen bin ich [mir] ganz sicher

    5)

    be certain to do something(inevitably) etwas bestimmt tun

    6) (particular but as yet unspecified) bestimmt
    7) (slight; existing but probably not already known) gewiss

    to a certain extentin gewisser Weise

    * * *
    ['sə:tn] 1. adjective
    1) (true or without doubt: It's certain that the world is round.) sicher
    2) (sure: I'm certain he'll come; He is certain to forget; Being late is a certain way of losing one's job.) sicher
    3) (one or some, not definitely named: certain doctors; a certain Mrs Smith; (also pronoun) certain of his friends.) bestimmt
    4) (slight; some: a certain hostility in his manner; a certain amount.) gewiß
    - academic.ru/11845/certainly">certainly
    2. interjection
    (of course: `May I borrow your typewriter?' `Certainly!'; `Certainly not!') aber natürlich
    - certainty
    - for certain
    - make certain
    * * *
    cer·tain
    [ˈsɜ:tən, AM ˈsɜ:rt-]
    I. adj
    1. (sure) sicher; (unavoidable) gewiss, bestimmt
    one thing is \certain eines ist sicher
    that was \certain to happen das musste ja so kommen
    it is not yet \certain es ist noch nicht ganz klar
    to face \certain death dem [sicheren] Tod ins Auge blicken
    for \certain ganz sicher
    I don't know yet for \certain ich weiß noch nicht genau
    one thing is for \certain eines ist sicher
    I can't say for \certain ich bin mir nicht ganz sicher
    to mean \certain death den sicheren Tod bedeuten
    to feel \certain [that...] sicher [o [fest] [davon] überzeugt] sein[, dass...]
    to make \certain [that...] (ensure) darauf achten[, dass...]; (check) sich akk vergewissern[, dass...]
    please make \certain that you turn off the oven schalte bitte unbedingt den Herd aus
    to make \certain of sth sich akk einer S. gen vergewissern
    to seem \certain [that...] davon ausgehen[, dass...], zuversichtlich sein[, dass...]
    to be \certain about [or of] sth sich dat einer S. gen sicher sein
    are you \certain about that? sind Sie sich dessen wirklich sicher?
    no one is quite \certain about him yet bis jetzt kennt ihn noch keiner so recht
    are you \certain about driving home alone? willst du wirklich allein nach Hause fahren?
    to be \certain [that] sb does sth sicher sein, dass jd etw tut
    I wouldn't be too \certain that... ich wäre mir [ja] nicht so sicher, dass...
    to be \certain [that] sth will happen [sich dat] sicher sein, dass etw geschehen wird
    to be \certain to do sth (intend) etw bestimmt tun; (check)
    be \certain to lock the door vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Tür abgeschlossen ist
    that vase is \certain to be knocked over die Vase wird bestimmt irgendjemand umstoßen
    2. attr, inv (limited) gewiss
    to a \certain extent in gewissem Maße
    up to a \certain point bis zu einem gewissen Grad
    3. attr, inv (specified) gewiss; (unspecified also) bestimmt
    at a \certain age in einem bestimmten Alter
    a \certain Steve Rukus ein gewisser Steve Rukus
    4. attr, inv (particular) bestimmt, gewiss
    in \certain circumstances unter gewissen Umständen
    II. pron pl
    \certain of his works/the candidates einige seiner Arbeiten/einige Kandidaten
    * * *
    ['sɜːtən]
    1. adj
    1) (= positive, convinced) sicher; (= inevitable, guaranteed) bestimmt, gewiss

    is he certain?weiß er das genau?

    there's no certain cure for this disease/for inflation — für or gegen diese Krankheit/gegen die Inflation gibt es kein sicheres Mittel

    for certain — ganz sicher, ganz genau

    I don't know for certain, but I think... — ich bin mir nicht ganz sicher, aber ich glaube...

    he is certain to come —

    to make certain of a seatsich (dat) einen Platz sichern

    be certain to tell him — vergessen Sie bitte nicht, ihm das zu sagen

    there is certain to be strong opposition to the proposal —

    2) attr (= not named or specified) gewiss; reason, conditions bestimmt

    to a certain extent or degree — in gewisser Hinsicht, zu einem bestimmten Grade

    2. pron
    einige

    certain of you/them — einige von euch/ihnen

    * * *
    certain [ˈsɜːtn; US ˈsɜrtn] adj
    1. allg sicher:
    a) (meist von Sachen) gewiss, bestimmt:
    it is certain that … es ist sicher, dass …;
    it is certain to happen es wird mit Sicherheit geschehen;
    for certain ganz gewiss, mit Sicherheit;
    I don’t know for certain ich weiß es nicht sicher
    b) (meist von Personen) überzeugt, gewiss:
    be ( oder feel) certain of sth einer Sache sicher oder gewiss sein;
    make certain of sth sich einer Sache vergewissern; sich etwas sichern;
    make certain that … dafür sorgen, dass …
    c) verlässlich, zuverlässig:
    a certain remedy ein sicheres Mittel;
    the news is quite certain die Nachricht ist durchaus zuverlässig
    2. bestimmt:
    a certain day ein (ganz) bestimmter Tag
    3. gewiss, unbestimmt:
    a certain Mr Brown ein gewisser Herr Brown;
    in a certain sense in gewissem Sinne;
    a certain extent bis zu einem gewissen Grade, gewissermaßen;
    for certain reasons aus bestimmten Gründen; something A 1
    * * *
    adjective
    1) (settled) bestimmt [Zeitpunkt]
    2) (unerring) sicher; (sure to happen) unvermeidlich; sicher [Tod]

    I [don't] know for certain when... — ich weiß [nicht] genau, wann...

    I can't say for certain that... — ich kann nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, dass...

    make certain of something (ensure) für etwas sorgen; (examine and establish) sich einer Sache (Gen.) vergewissern

    3) (indisputable) unbestreitbar
    4) (confident) sicher

    of that I'm quite certain — dessen bin ich [mir] ganz sicher

    5)
    7) (slight; existing but probably not already known) gewiss
    * * *
    adj.
    bestimmt adj.
    gewiss adj.
    sicher adj.

    English-german dictionary > certain

  • 14 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 15 persona

    f.
    1 person (individuo).
    vinieron varias personas several people came
    cien personas a hundred people
    en persona in person
    por persona per head
    ser buena persona to be a good person o sort
    persona mayor adult, grown-up
    persona non grata persona non grata
    2 party (law).
    persona física private individual
    persona jurídica legal entity o person
    3 person (grammar).
    la segunda persona del singular the second person singular
    * * *
    1 person
    \
    en persona in person
    persona física individual
    persona jurídica legal entity
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=individuo) person

    en persona — in person, in the flesh

    por persona — per person

    dos dólares por persona — two dollars per person, two dollars a head

    tercera persona — third party

    persona de edad — elderly person, senior citizen

    persona de historia dubious individual

    persona no grata, persona non grata — persona non grata

    personas realesfrm royalty sing, king and queen

    2) (Jur)
    3) (Ling) person
    4) (Rel)
    PERSONA Mientras que persona en singular se traduce por person, el plural tiene dos traducciones: people y persons. People es la forma más utilizada, ya que persons se emplea solamente en el lenguaje formal o técnico. Las dos formas llevan el verbo en plural: Acaban de llegar tres personas preguntando por un tal Sr. Oliva Three people have just arrived asking for a Mr Oliva "Peso máximo: 8 personas" "Weight limit: 8 persons" Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( ser humano) person

    carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

    las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

    en persona<ir/presentarse> in person

    la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

    por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

    2) (Ling) person
    * * *
    = fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.
    Ex. From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.
    Ex. Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.
    Ex. Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
    Ex. Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.
    Ex. No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
    Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.
    Ex. Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex. All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.
    Ex. In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex. Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.
    ----
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algunas personas = some people.
    * atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.
    * biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.
    * círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cualquier otra persona = anybody else.
    * cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.
    * cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * de persona = personal.
    * de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de una sola persona = one-man.
    * dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * lista de personas de contacto = contact list.
    * lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.
    * mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.
    * ninguna otra persona = no one else.
    * oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.
    * orientado a la persona = human-oriented.
    * orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.
    * otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.
    * persona a cargo = dependent.
    * persona aprensiva = apprehensive.
    * persona atrevida = risk taker.
    * persona audaz = risk taker.
    * persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].
    * persona becada = fundee.
    * persona civil = civilian.
    * persona competente = a good sport.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * persona con ahorros = saver.
    * persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.
    * persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.
    * persona con éxito = successful person.
    * persona con iniciativa = go-getter.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * persona con llave = keyholder.
    * persona con mala ortografía = speller.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * persona de adentro = insider.
    * persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].
    * persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].
    * persona de conducta desviada = deviant.
    * persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.
    * persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.
    * persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.
    * persona de éxito = successful person.
    * persona de fuera = outsider.
    * persona dejada = slob.
    * persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * persona de la tercera edad = elder.
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de raza blanca = white.
    * persona de raza negra = black.
    * persona designada = nominee, designate.
    * persona designada para un cargo = appointee.
    * persona destacada = standout.
    * persona divorciada = divorcee.
    * persona emprendedora = go-getter.
    * persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].
    * persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].
    * persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.
    * persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.
    * persona estúpida = no-brainer.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * persona ilusa = daydreamer.
    * persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].
    * persona informada = insider.
    * persona innovadora = innovator.
    * persona inquieta = fidget.
    * persona inscrita = registrant.
    * persona interesada = taker.
    * persona joven = youth.
    * persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].
    * persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona mayor = elder.
    * persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.
    * persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * persona nerviosa = fidget.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * persona no grata = persona non grata.
    * persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.
    * persona normal = ordinary person.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.
    * persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).
    * persona problemática = troublemaker.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.
    * persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.
    * persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].
    * persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.
    * persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * persona que da consuelo = comforter.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.
    * persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.
    * persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.
    * persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.
    * persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.
    * persona que está a dieta = dieter.
    * persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.
    * persona que está de picnic = picnicker.
    * persona que hace encajes = tatter.
    * persona que hace striptease = stripper.
    * persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.
    * persona que hace un comentario = commenter.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.
    * persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.
    * persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.
    * persona que llama = caller.
    * persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.
    * persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].
    * persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.
    * persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.
    * persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].
    * persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.
    * persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.
    * persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.
    * persona que recoge algo = picker.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * persona que se cree Algo = biter.
    * persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.
    * persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.
    * persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.
    * persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.
    * persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.
    * persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * persona que va por libre = outsider.
    * persona que ve = sighted person.
    * persona que ve/observa = watcher.
    * persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.
    * persona que viste a la antigua = frump.
    * persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.
    * persona recta = mensch.
    * personas = humans, party, people, public.
    * personas como = the likes of.
    * personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.
    * personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.
    * personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).
    * personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.
    * personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.
    * personas con éxito, las = successful, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.
    * personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.
    * personas de color = coloured people.
    * personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.
    * personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.
    * personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.
    * personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.
    * personas famosas = those held up for praise.
    * personas importantes = those held up for praise.
    * persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * personas mayores = older people, elderly people.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * personas muy activas, las = those on the go.
    * personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.
    * personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.
    * persona solitaria = lone wolf.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.
    * personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.
    * personas relevantes = those held up for praise.
    * personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.
    * personas sin hogar = homelessness.
    * personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.
    * personas sin techo = homelessness.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * persona subvencionada = fundee.
    * persona temerosa = risk taker.
    * persona típica, la = average man, the.
    * persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.
    * persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.
    * por persona = per person.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.
    * tráfico de personas = foot fall.
    * tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.
    * usuario en persona = walk-in user.
    * visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( ser humano) person

    carga máxima: ocho personas — maximum capacity: eight persons

    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? — how many people do you have reporting to you?

    las personas interesadas... — all those interested...

    en persona<ir/presentarse> in person

    la tarea recayó en la persona de... — the task was allocated to...

    por persona: 20 dólares por persona 20 dollars a head; sólo se venden dos entradas por persona — you can only get two tickets per person

    2) (Ling) person
    * * *
    = fellow, figure, hand, individual, man [men, -pl.], party, person, character, chap, self.

    Ex: From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.

    Ex: Much potentially valuable historical material is lost to posterity because of the attitude to the collection of primary sources which always gives pride of place to the ephemeral as long as it is compiled by a well-known figure.
    Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.
    Ex: Note that these provisions do not include research reports which have been prepared within a government agency but specifically authored by an individual = Nótese que estas disposiciones no afectan a informes de investigaciones procedentes de una agencia gubernamental aunque realizados concretamente por un individuo.
    Ex: No less prestigious an authority than a Royal Commission was appointed to inquire into the charges brought against the man principally responsible for that volume.
    Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.
    Ex: Apart from the names of subjects, the names of corporate bodies, persons, chemicals, trade products, and trade names are some other possibilities.
    Ex: All the same, I think the incident improbable because he has been represented up till then as a cold, careful character.
    Ex: In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex: Education should relate more effectively to personal development, to individual coping and to the development of the free self.
    * a cargo de una sola persona = one-man band.
    * Algo a cargo de una sola persona = one-person operation.
    * algunas personas = some people.
    * atendido por varias personas = multi-staffed.
    * biografía de personas célebres = celebrity biography.
    * círculo de personas afines e influyentes = network.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * conjunto de personas que reciben un servicio = constituency.
    * contra toda persona = all comers.
    * crucial para la vida de una persona = lifesaving.
    * cualquier otra persona = anybody else.
    * cualquier persona = anyone, any Tom, Dick or Harry.
    * cuidados para personas de la tercera edad = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * cuidados para personas mayores = elderly care, elder care [eldercare].
    * de persona = personal.
    * de personas con autoridad moral = authoritative.
    * de primera persona = first-person.
    * de una sola persona = one-man.
    * dirigido a las personas = people-centred, people-oriented.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * el consejo de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * el sueño de toda persona = the stuff dreams are made of.
    * en persona = in person, walk-in, in the flesh, face-to-face [face to face].
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * inicial del segundo nombre de pila de una persona = middle initial.
    * la mayoría de las personas = most people, the majority of the people.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la opinión de otra persona = a second opinion.
    * lista de personas de contacto = contact list.
    * lista de personas y cometidos = duty roster.
    * mala persona = rotten apple, a bad lot.
    * ninguna otra persona = no one else.
    * oír por segundas personas = hear + second-hand.
    * orientado a la persona = human-oriented.
    * orientado al servicio de las personas = people-centred.
    * otra persona = somebody else, someone else, somebody else, not me.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pérdida de persona querida = emotional loss.
    * persona a cargo = dependent.
    * persona aprensiva = apprehensive.
    * persona atrevida = risk taker.
    * persona audaz = risk taker.
    * persona aún por determinar = nomen nominandum [N.N.].
    * persona becada = fundee.
    * persona civil = civilian.
    * persona competente = a good sport.
    * persona común = ordinary person.
    * persona con ahorros = saver.
    * persona con ambición = high flyer [high flier, -USA], go-getter.
    * persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.
    * persona con éxito = successful person.
    * persona con iniciativa = go-getter.
    * persona con la mejor nota = top scorer, top scorer.
    * persona con llave = keyholder.
    * persona con mala ortografía = speller.
    * persona con mucha ambición = social climber.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled person.
    * persona de acción = doer.
    * persona de adentro = insider.
    * persona de altos vuelos = high flyer [high flier, -USA].
    * persona de color = non-white [nonwhite], coloured man, coloured woman, coloured [colored, -USA].
    * persona de conducta desviada = deviant.
    * persona de confianza = good old boy, sounding board.
    * persona de contacto = contact, correspondent, contact person, named contact.
    * persona de edad avanzada = elderly person.
    * persona de éxito = successful person.
    * persona de fuera = outsider.
    * persona dejada = slob.
    * persona de la alta sociedad = socialite.
    * persona de la propia empresa = insider.
    * persona de la tercera edad = elder.
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de raza blanca = white.
    * persona de raza negra = black.
    * persona designada = nominee, designate.
    * persona designada para un cargo = appointee.
    * persona destacada = standout.
    * persona divorciada = divorcee.
    * persona emprendedora = go-getter.
    * persona encargada de actualizar = maintainer.
    * persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.
    * persona encargada de las relaciones públicas = PR man [PR men, -pl.].
    * persona encargada de recabar fondos = fundraiser [fund-raiser].
    * persona en prácticas = trainee, intern.
    * persona entusiasta y trabajadora = eager beaver.
    * persona estúpida = no-brainer.
    * persona famosa = famous person.
    * persona ilusa = daydreamer.
    * persona influyente = influencer, mover and shaker, heavy weight [heavyweight].
    * persona informada = insider.
    * persona innovadora = innovator.
    * persona inquieta = fidget.
    * persona inscrita = registrant.
    * persona interesada = taker.
    * persona joven = youth.
    * persona mañosa = handyman [handymen, pl.].
    * persona más destacada = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona más relevante = top person [top people, -pl.].
    * persona mayor = elder.
    * persona medianamente cultivada = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona muy ocupada = busy beaver, busy bee.
    * persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.
    * persona nerviosa = fidget.
    * persona no experta = non-scholar.
    * persona no grata = persona non grata.
    * persona no muy lista pero trabajadora = plodder.
    * persona normal = ordinary person.
    * persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.
    * persona o mecanismo que resuelve problemas = solver.
    * persona opuesta a = resister (of/against).
    * persona problemática = troublemaker.
    * persona que abandona Algo = quitter.
    * persona que apoya una moción o propuesta = seconder.
    * persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que busca y vive de lo que encuentra en las playas = beachcomber.
    * persona que cambia de trabajo con demasiada frecuencia = job-hopper.
    * persona que concede una franquicia = franchiser [franchisor].
    * persona que contempla o mira algo = beholder.
    * persona que convoca una reunión = convener [convenor].
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * persona que da consuelo = comforter.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persona que desfigura Algo = defacer.
    * persona que desprecia u odia = despiser.
    * persona que desvela escándalos o corrupción = muckraker.
    * persona que duerme bien = good sleeper.
    * persona que elabora el plan de estudios = syllabus maker.
    * persona que escucha a escondidas = eavesdropper.
    * persona que escucha en secreto = eavesdropper.
    * persona que está a dieta = dieter.
    * persona que está aprendiendo a conducir = learner driver.
    * persona que está de picnic = picnicker.
    * persona que hace encajes = tatter.
    * persona que hace striptease = stripper.
    * persona que hace una cita bibliográfica = citator.
    * persona que hace un comentario = commenter.
    * persona que hace un préstamo = loaner.
    * persona que ha llegado donde está por su propio esfuerzo = self-made-man, the.
    * persona que ha viajado mucho = seasoned traveller.
    * persona que intenta averiguar y resolver problemas = troubleshooter.
    * persona que le desea suerte a otra = well-wisher.
    * persona que le gusta flirtear = flirt.
    * persona que llama = caller.
    * persona que no le gusta leer = aliterate.
    * persona que no pertenece a la familia = nonrelative [non-relative].
    * persona que no se sale del lugar donde vive = stay-at-home.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de nada = packrat, hoarder, magpie.
    * persona que obtiene una franquicia = franchisee.
    * persona que paga impuestos = taxpayer [tax-payer].
    * persona que permanece en un puesto de trabajo = stayer.
    * persona que pide asilo = asylum seeker.
    * persona que pone en práctica Algo = adopter.
    * persona que practica el sillonball = couch potato.
    * persona que recibe asesoramiento = counselee.
    * persona que recoge algo = picker.
    * persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.
    * persona que rinde más de lo esperado = overachiever.
    * persona que rinde por debajo de su capacidad = underachiever.
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * persona que se cree Algo = biter.
    * persona que se cuida la línea = weight watcher.
    * persona que se dedica a una tarea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se dedica a una terea monótona = harmless drudge.
    * persona que se desarrolla tarde = late bloomer.
    * persona que se opone a Algo = opponent.
    * persona que se promociona a sí misma = self-promoter.
    * persona que se queja = complainant, complainer.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * persona que sufre de insomio = insomniac.
    * persona que tira basura al suelo = litterbug, litter lout.
    * persona que toma la última decisión = decider.
    * persona que utiliza la biblioteca = non-library user.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * persona que va por libre = outsider.
    * persona que ve = sighted person.
    * persona que ve/observa = watcher.
    * persona que visita un servicio voluntariamente en sus ratos libres = drop-in.
    * persona que viste a la antigua = frump.
    * persona reacia a la lectura = aliterate.
    * persona recta = mensch.
    * personas = humans, party, people, public.
    * personas como = the likes of.
    * personas con ceguera parcial = partially-sighted.
    * personas con deficiencias auditivas, las = hearing impaired, the.
    * personas con deficiencias mentales corregibles = educably mentally handicapped (EMH).
    * personas con discapacidades mentales, las = intellectually disabled, the.
    * personas con discapacidades mentales = intellectually disabled people.
    * personas con éxito, las = successful, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura = print handicapped people, print handicapped, the.
    * personas con problemas de lectura de la letra impresa = print disabled people.
    * personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.
    * personas con problemas mentales = disturbed people.
    * personas con trastornos emocionales = disturbed people.
    * personas de color = coloured people.
    * personas de la tercera edad, las = elderly, the.
    * personas de piel blanca, las = fair skinned, the.
    * personas en desventaja = disadvantaged, the.
    * personas faltas de servicios, las = underserved, the.
    * personas famosas = those held up for praise.
    * personas importantes = those held up for praise.
    * persona sin hogar = waif, homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.
    * persona sin techo = homeless man [homeless people, -pl.].
    * personas mayores = older people, elderly people.
    * personas molestas, las = nuisance, the.
    * personas muy activas, las = those on the go.
    * personas muy ocupadas, las = those on the go.
    * personas no invitadas, las = uninvited, the.
    * persona solitaria = lone wolf.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * personas que siempre están viajando, las = those on the go.
    * personas que son duras de oído, las = hard of hearing, the.
    * personas relevantes = those held up for praise.
    * personas sin conocimientos técnicos, las = non-technical, the.
    * personas sin hogar = homelessness.
    * personas sin hogar, las = homeless, the.
    * personas sin techo = homelessness.
    * personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.
    * persona subvencionada = fundee.
    * persona temerosa = risk taker.
    * persona típica, la = average man, the.
    * persona u organismo que recorta presupuestos o ayuda a reducir gastos = cost-cutter.
    * persona vaga y mal vestida = slob.
    * por persona = per person.
    * préstamo para otra persona = proxy borrowing.
    * primera persona = first person.
    * representación de personas profanas en la materia = lay representation.
    * ser la persona ideal para = be the best placed to.
    * ser la persona más indicada para = be in a position to.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * todas las personas implicadas = all concerned.
    * trabajar como persona en prácticas = intern.
    * tráfico de personas = foot fall.
    * tropezar una persona con otra = fall over + each other's feet.
    * usuario en persona = walk-in user.
    * visión contada por una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.
    * visión de una persona de adentro = insider's look, insider's perspective.

    * * *
    A
    1 (ser humano) person
    es una persona muy educada/simpática he's/she's a very polite/likable person
    había tres personas esperando there were three people waiting
    en el coche caben cinco personas the car can take five people
    [ S ] carga máxima: ocho personas o 500 kilos maximum capacity: eight persons or 500 kilos
    como persona no me gusta I don't like him as a person
    ¿cuántas personas tiene a su cargo? how many people do you have reporting to you?
    en la persona del Rey se concentra el poder civil y militar civil and military power resides in the King himself
    se rindió homenaje a los ex-combatientes en la persona de … tribute was paid to the war veterans who were represented by …
    las personas interesadas pueden presentarse mañana a las diez all those interested may come along tomorrow at ten o'clock
    es una persona de recursos she's a resourceful person, she's resourceful
    2 ( en locs):
    de persona a persona person to person
    en persona in person
    vino en persona a traerme la carta she brought me the letter in person
    conozco su obra, pero no lo conozco en persona I know his work, but I don't know him personally
    deberán presentarse en persona you must come personally o in person
    es el orden/la estupidez en persona he is orderliness/stupidity personified
    por persona: la comida salió a 20 dólares por persona the meal came to 20 dollars a head
    sólo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person o per head
    hay dos trozos por persona there are two pieces each
    Compuestos:
    displaced person
    individual
    persona jurídica or moral
    legal entity
    individual
    persona no or non grata
    persona non grata
    B ( Ling) person
    la primera persona del singular/plural the first person singular/plural
    * * *

     

    Del verbo personarse: ( conjugate personarse)

    se persona es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    persona sustantivo femenino


    dos o más personas two or more people;
    las personas interesadas … all those interested …
    b) ( en locs)

    en personair/presentarse in person;

    no lo conozco en persona I don't know him personally;
    por persona per person;
    solo se venden dos entradas por persona you can only get two tickets per person;
    la comida costó 20 dólares por persona the meal cost 20 dollars per o a head
    c) (Ling) person

    persona sustantivo femenino
    1 (individuo) person, people pl: es una persona muy sensible, he is a very sensitive person
    no es mala persona, he isn't a bad sort
    había demasiadas personas, there were too many people
    familiar persona mayor, grown-up
    persona non grata, persona non grata
    2 persona jurídica, legal entity
    3 Ling person
    tercera persona del singular, third person singular
    ♦ Locuciones: en persona, in person
    por persona, per person
    ' persona' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abandonar
    - abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abordar
    - aborregarse
    - abrazarse
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - acaparar
    - acartonarse
    - acoger
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acogida
    - acostarse
    - adaptable
    - adefesio
    - adusta
    - adusto
    - afanosa
    - afanoso
    - afianzarse
    - afortunada
    - afortunado
    - agobiante
    - aguatera
    - aguatero
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - alcanzar
    - alevosa
    - alevoso
    - alhaja
    - alma
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - alza
    - amén
    - amordazar
    - animar
    - animadversión
    - animal
    - animarse
    - anular
    - apaciguarse
    English:
    abandon
    - absence
    - accept
    - accessible
    - acquaintance
    - act up
    - action
    - activity
    - adaptable
    - address
    - adjust
    - adjustment
    - admit
    - adult
    - advance
    - affect
    - affluent
    - agreeable
    - air
    - airy
    - aloof
    - am
    - angry
    - annoyance
    - appealing
    - appoint
    - approach
    - approachable
    - approve of
    - armchair
    - armor
    - armour
    - around
    - arrival
    - articulate
    - ask
    - ask for
    - ass
    - assassin
    - assassination
    - assign
    - astute
    - attractive
    - available
    - awkward
    - ax
    - axe
    - baby
    - background
    - backward
    * * *
    1. [individuo] person;
    vinieron varias personas several people came;
    cien personas a hundred people;
    la persona responsable the person in charge;
    necesitan la mediación de una tercera persona they need the mediation of a third party;
    ser buena persona to be nice;
    ha venido el obispo en persona the bishop came in person;
    este niño es el demonio en persona this child is the very devil;
    de persona a persona person to person, one to one;
    por persona per head
    persona de contacto contact person;
    persona mayor adult, grown-up;
    persona non grata persona non grata
    2. Der party
    persona física natural o legal person;
    persona jurídica legal entity o person
    3. Gram person;
    la segunda persona del singular the second person singular
    4. Rel person
    * * *
    f person;
    quince personas fifteen people;
    persona (humana) human being;
    persona mayor elderly person buena/mala persona nice/nasty person;
    en persona in person
    * * *
    : person
    * * *
    persona n person person se usa sobre todo en singular. Para el plural se dice people
    ¿cuántas personas había? how many people were there?

    Spanish-English dictionary > persona

  • 16

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία >

  • 17 Nasmyth, James Hall

    [br]
    b. 19 August 1808 Edinburgh, Scotland
    d. 7 May 1890 London, England
    [br]
    Scottish mechanical engineer and inventor of the steam-hammer.
    [br]
    James Nasmyth was the youngest son of Alexander Nasmyth (1758–1840), the portrait and landscape painter. According to his autobiography he was named James Hall after his father's friend, the geologist Sir James Hall (1761–1832), but he seems never to have used his second name in official documents. He received an elementary education at Edinburgh High School, but left at the age of 12. He attended evening classes at the Edinburgh School of Arts for the instruction of Mechanics between 1821 and 1825, and gained experience as a mechanic at an early age in his father's workshop. He shared these early experiences with his brother George, who was only a year or so older, and in the 1820s the brothers built several model steam engines and a steam-carriage capable of carrying eight passengers on the public roads. In 1829 Nasmyth obtained a position in London as personal assistant to Henry Maudslay, and after Maudslay's death in February 1831 he remained with Maudslay's partner, Joshua Field, for a short time. He then returned to Edinburgh, where he and his brother George started in a small way as general engineers. In 1834 they moved to a small workshop in Manchester, and in 1836, with the aid of financial backing from some Manchester businessmen, they established on a site at Patricroft, a few miles from the city, the works which became known as the Bridgewater Foundry. They were soon joined by a third partner, Holbrook Gaskell (1813–1909), who looked after the administration of the business, the firm then being known as Nasmyths Gaskell \& Co. They specialized in making machine tools, and Nasmyth invented many improvements so that they soon became one of the leading manufacturers in this field. They also made steam locomotives for the rapidly developing railways. James Nasmyth's best-known invention was the steam-hammer, which dates from 1839 but was not patented until 1842. The self-acting control gear was probably the work of Robert Wilson and ensured the commercial success of the invention. George Nasmyth resigned from the partnership in 1843 and in 1850 Gaskell also resigned, after which the firm continued as James Nasmyth \& Co. James Nasmyth himself retired at the end of 1856 and went to live at Penshurst, Kent, in a house which he named "Hammerfield" where he devoted his time mainly to his hobby of astronomy. Robert Wilson returned to become Managing Partner of the firm, which later became Nasmyth, Wilson \& Co. and retained that style until its closure in 1940. Nasmyth's claim to be the sole inventor of the steam-hammer has been disputed, but his patent of 1842 was not challenged and the fourteen-year monopoly ensured the prosperity of the business so that he was able to retire at the age of 48. At his death in 1890 he left an estate valued at £243,805.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    1874, with J.Carpenter, The Moon Considered as a Planet, a World, and a Satellite, London.
    1883, Autobiography, ed. Samuel Smiles, London.
    Further Reading
    R.Wailes, 1963, "James Nasmyth—Artist's Son", Engineering Heritage, vol. I, London, 106–11 (a short account).
    J.A.Cantrell, 1984, James Nasmyth and the Bridgewater Foundry: A Study of Entrepreneurship in the Early Engineering Industry, Manchester (a full-length critical study).
    ——1984–5, "James Nasmyth and the steam hammer", Transactions of the Newcomen Society 56:133–8.
    RTS

    Biographical history of technology > Nasmyth, James Hall

  • 18 peronismo

    1 Peronism
    * * *
    PERONISMO General Juan Domingo Perón (1895-1974) came to power in Argentina in 1946, on a social justice platform known as justicialismo. He aimed to break Argentina's dependence on exports by developing the domestic economy through state-led industrialization. Peronismo stood for nationalization of industry, trade unions, paid holidays, the welfare state and the provision of affordable housing. Women were given the vote in 1947, a move championed by Perón's charismatic wife "Evita" (María Eva Duarte). Following her death in 1952, Perón's support began to crumble and he was driven into exile in 1955. His party was banned for almost a decade and did not regain power until 1973, when he was recalled from exile to become President. He died the following year. Peronismo as a movement has survived, and the Peronist party returned to power in 1989 under Carlos Menem.
    * * *
    masculino Peronism
    •• Cultural note:
    A political movement, known officially as justicialismo, named for the populist politician Colonel Juan Domingo Perón, elected President of Argentina in 1946. An admirer of Italian fascism, Perón claimed always to be a champion of the workers and the poor, the descamisados (shirtless ones), to whom his first wife Eva Duarte (`Evita') became a sort of icon, especially after her death in 1952. Although he instituted some social reforms, Perón's regime proved increasingly repressive and he was ousted in an army coup in 1955. He returned from exile to become president again in 1973, but died in office a year later. His Partido Justicialista governed Argentina again from 1989 to 1999 under President Carlos Saúl Menem
    * * *
    masculino Peronism
    •• Cultural note:
    A political movement, known officially as justicialismo, named for the populist politician Colonel Juan Domingo Perón, elected President of Argentina in 1946. An admirer of Italian fascism, Perón claimed always to be a champion of the workers and the poor, the descamisados (shirtless ones), to whom his first wife Eva Duarte (`Evita') became a sort of icon, especially after her death in 1952. Although he instituted some social reforms, Perón's regime proved increasingly repressive and he was ousted in an army coup in 1955. He returned from exile to become president again in 1973, but died in office a year later. His Partido Justicialista governed Argentina again from 1989 to 1999 under President Carlos Saúl Menem
    * * *
    peronismo (↑ peronismo a1)
    Peronism
    A political movement, known officially as justicialismo, named for the populist politician Colonel Juan Domingo Perón, elected President of Argentina in 1946. An admirer of Italian fascism, Perón claimed always to be a champion of the workers and the poor, the descamisados (shirtless ones), to whom his first wife Eva Duarte (`Evita') became a sort of icon, especially after her death in 1952. Although he instituted some social reforms, Perón's regime proved increasingly repressive and he was ousted in an army coup in 1955. He returned from exile to become president again in 1973, but died in office a year later. His Partido Justicialista won the 2007 elections led by Alicia Fernández de Kirchner.
    * * *
    Pol Peronism
    * * *
    m Peronism

    Spanish-English dictionary > peronismo

  • 19 so

    səu
    1. нареч.
    1) настолько, столь;
    так, до такой степени She is so beautiful. ≈ Она так красива.
    2) так же, таким же образом;
    тоже, также I like French wine. - So do I. ≈ Мне нравятся французские вина. - И мне тоже.
    3) итак;
    значит (в начале предложения) So we are not going away this weekend after all? ≈ Значит, мы никуда не поедем в эти выходные?
    4) так, таким образом Is that really so? ≈ Это действительно так? I 've so arranged my trip that I'll be home on Friday evening. ≈ Я таким образом распланировал мою поездку, чтобы быть дома в пятницу вечером.
    5) примерно, приблизительно I'll be out two days or so. ≈ Меня не будет дома дня два.
    6) поэтому, по этой причине;
    таким образом;
    так что I was getting tired so I came home. ≈ Я устал и поэтому пошел домой. ∙ so as to so that so far as so farдо сих пор;
    пока so to say ≈ так сказать and so on, and so forthи так далее, и тому подобное
    2. межд. ладно!, ну!, так! указывает на способ совершения действия - (именно) так, таким, подобным образом - you mustn't behave so вы не должны так себя вести - stand just so стой вот так - speak so that you are understood говори так, чтобы тебя можно было понять (см. тж. so that) - so, and so only так, и только так - so and in no other way только так (и не иначе) ;
    только таким образом (способом) - quite so! совершенно верно!, правильно!;
    именно (так) ! - it is not so это не так - why so? почему же?, отчего же?, каким образом? - how so? как (же) так?, как же это? - and so on и так далее, и тому подобное - I need some paper, pencils, ink, and so on мне нужна бумага, карандаши, чернила и тому подобное - and so on and so on, and so on and so forth и так далее и тому подобное - so there! так-то вот! - that being so I have nothing more to say раз (поскольку) это так, мне больше нечего добавить - so to say, so to speak так сказать указывает на степень качества или на количество - так, до такой степени, столь;
    столько, так много - why in the train so crowded today? почему сегодня в поезде столько народу? - she isn't so very old она не так уж стара - I am not so sure of that я не очень-то уверен в этом - so much так много - it takes so much time на это уходит столько времени - I have got so much to do and so little time! мне нужно сделать так много, а времени (у меня) так мало! - not so much sugar, please не (кладите) столько сахару, пожалуйста - be so good to continue tp write me letters пишите мне, пожалуйста, и впредь - it was so hot (that) I took my coat off было так жарко, что я снял пиджак - a little girl so high девочка (девушка) вот такого роста - I am so tired! я так (очень) устал! - so kind of you! как это мило с вашей стороны! - I am so pleased to meet you! я так (очень) рад познакомиться с вами! (разговорное) указывает на интенсивность действия - так (сильно) - she so wants to go ей так хочется поехать (пойти) - why do you cry so? почему вы так плачете? - I'd better not go out, my head aches co! я лучше не буду выходить, у меня так болит голова! указывает на эмфатическое выделение качества - такой - so good a dinner! такое хороший обед! - so severe a discipline такая строгая дисциплина - in so distant a place as Australia в столь отдаленном месте, как Австралия в начале предложения указывает на подтверждение предшествующего высказывания - действительно, да, в самом деле, именно;
    так (это) и есть - you look tired. - So I am у вас усталый вид. - Да, я действительно устал - you could have come here earlier. - So I could вы могли бы прийти сюда пораньше. - Верно (Да, конечно), мог бы - I thought you were French. - So I am я думал, что вы француз. - Так оно и есть в начале предложения указывает на распространение предшествующего высказывания на другое лицо или предмет - тоже, также - you are late, (and) so am I вы опоздали, (и) я тоже - we were wrong, so were you мы ошиблись, и вы также ( тоже) в начале предложения указывает на вывод из сказанного ранее - итак, значит, так - so you are going to the North итак, вы отправляетесь на север - so you have come after all! значит, вы все-таки пришли! - and so the work is finished at last! ну, наконец работа закончена! в начале предложения указывает на продолжение повествования - ну - so he said we chouldn't bother. So we didn't потом он сказал, чтобы мы не беспокоились, ну, мы и не стали (беспокоиться) (устаревшее) в начале предложения указывает на последовательность действия (в эллиптических предложениях) - затем, потом - and so to bed итак, (теперь) спать - "say goodbye", and so be off скажи(те) "до свидания" и (затем) марш ступай(те) (устаревшее) перед прямой речью или после нее( в эллиптических предложениях) - так - so Achilles так сказал Ахиллес указывает на соответствие тому, что было сказано - так, в таком случае - it is so так оно и есть;
    это так - so it is действительно, правильно - that's so именно так;
    в самом деле так - is that so? разве?, неужели?, правда? не может быть! - that's (it is) not so! это не так!, неправда! - so be it! да будет так в сочетаниях (см. примеры) - so far до сих пор, пока (еще) - so far I'm bored пока что мне скучно - I've heard nothing so far пока я еще ничего не слышал - so far you have been lucky до сих пор вам везло - so far as насколько, поскольку - so far as I know насколько я знаю( мне известно) - in so far as - so far as - in so much as - insomuch as - so far from вместо того, чтобы - so far from abating, the epidemic spread эпидемия отнюдь не затихала, а напротив, распространялась - so... as так (настолько)..., чтобы, так... что - it is so natural as hardly to be noticeable это так естественно, что почти незаметно - be so good (would you be so kind) as to send me word не откажите в любезности известить меня - not so... as не так... как (при сравнении) - it is not so hot as yesterday сегодня не так жарко, как вчера - he is not so bright as his brother он не такой способный, как его брат - so... that так (таким образом)... что;
    так... что;
    настолько... чтобы - he is so ill that he cannot speak он так болен, что не может говорить - not so... but не настолько... чтобы - he is not so degraded but he has a sense of shame он не настолько опустился, чтобы потерять чувство стыда - so much so that настолько, что;
    до такой степени, что - are you satisfied now? - So much so that words fail me теперь вы довольны? - Так доволен, что и сказать не могу - so many такое-то число, такое-то количество, столько-то (штук) - so many shillings and so many pence столько-то шиллингов и столько-то пенсов - they turn out so many typewriters a day они выпускают столько-то пишущих машинок в день so much столько-то, такое-то количество;
    так много, так, в такой степени;
    просто, не что иное как;
    тем более;
    (for) довольно, хватит;
    все уже сказано или сделано - so much and no more столько и не больше - he allowed his son so much a month for pocket money он давал своему сыну ежемесячно определенную сумму (столько-то) на карманные расходы - he is so much respected его так уважают - so much rubbish (nonsense) ! просто чепуха! - I regard it as so much lost time я считаю это просто потерянным временем - so much the better( the worse) тем лучше (тем хуже) - I agree, so much more that I have seen her я согласен, тем более, что я видел ее - so much for that довольно говорить об этом - so much for your childhood ideals с твоими детскими мечтаниями покончено - so much for the history of the case вот и все, что можно сказать об истории этого дела - not (never) so much as даже не - he didn't so much as ask me to sit down он даже не предложил мне сесть - he never so much as thanked me он даже не поблагодарил меня - not so much... as не столько... сколько;
    не так... как - he is not so much angry as upset он скорее огорчен, чем рассержен - oceans do not so much divide the world as unite it океаны не столько разъединяют мир, сколько объединяют его > just so как нужно, как полагается > her room is always just * ее комната всегда в порядке > you don't say so!, do you asy so? неужели?, не может быть! > so please your Majesty как будет угодно вашему величеству > so help me (God) ! честное слово! (в уверениях, клятвах) > I have never seen him, so help me (God) ! я никогда не видел его, честное слово! употребляется вместо предшествующего предложения - это так, да - has the train gone? - I thind (believe) so поезд уже ушел? - Думаю, что да - he promised to ring us up but has not jet done so он обещал позвонить нам, но еще не звонил - many people would have run away. Not so he многие бы убежали, но он не таков - did he promise it? - Yes, he did so! он (это) обещал? - Да, конечно! - he is clever. - I am glad you think so он умен. - Я рад, что вы так считаете - he goes to the club. - So he says! (ироничное) он ходит в клуб. - Как же! употребляется вместо предшествующего прилагательного - таковой, такой - your friend is diligent, but you are not so ваш друг прилежен, не то, что вы - both brothers are talented, but the elder is more so оба брата талантливы, но старший особенно - he isn't handsome, but he thinks himself so он некрасив, но считает себя красивым - he is ill and has been so for a long time он болен и уже давно( после глаголов call, name) употребляется вместо предшествующего имени собственного - так - John. He was named so after his father его назвали Джоном. В честь отца. более менее;
    приблизительно - at three o'clock or * примерно в три часа, около трех - I've known him 15 years or so я знаю его лет пятнадцать (часто and so) вводит предложения, указывающие на заключение или вывод из предшествующего высказывания - так что, поэтому;
    следовательно - it was raining and so I did not go out шел дождь, и поэтому я не выходил - it was late, so we went home было поздно, поэтому (и) мы пошли домой - the train leaves in half an hour, so you had better hurry поезд отходит через полчаса, вам нужно поторопиться вводит придаточные предолжения цели - (для того), (с тем) чтобы - he opened the door so he could see them come он открыл дверь, чтобы видеть, как они придут ( разговорное) вводит придаточные предложения результата - так что, поэтому (см. также so that) в сочетаниях (см. примеры) - so what? ну и что?, ну так что?;
    подумаешь! - so what of it? ну и что (в этом) особенного? - (so) that's that так-то вот так!, ладно!, хватит!, ну! (выражает удивление, однобрение, неодобрение, торжество, сомнение и т. п.) - he went off yesterday. - So? он уехал вчера. - Ну? (Ах, вот как!) or ~ (после указания количества) приблизительно, около этого;
    a day or so денька два;
    he must be forty or so ему лет сорок или что-то в этом роде or ~ (после указания количества) приблизительно, около этого;
    a day or so денька два;
    he must be forty or so ему лет сорок или что-то в этом роде ~ as to, ~ that с тем чтобы;
    I tell you that so as to avoid trouble я предупреждаю вас об этом, с тем чтобы избежать неприятностей;
    so far as настолько, насколько ~ поэтому, таким образом;
    так что;
    I was ill and so I could not come я был болен, поэтому я не мог прийти ~ так, таким образом;
    that's not so это не так;
    that's certainly so это, безусловно, так;
    if so! раз так!;
    is that so? разве? so употр. для усиления: why so? почему?;
    how so? как так?;
    so what? ну и что?, ну так что? ~ итак;
    so you are back итак, вы вернулись ~ поэтому, таким образом;
    так что;
    I was ill and so I could not come я был болен, поэтому я не мог прийти ~ int так!, ладно!, ну! ~ так, настолько;
    why are you so late? почему вы так опоздали? ~ так, таким образом;
    that's not so это не так;
    that's certainly so это, безусловно, так;
    if so! раз так!;
    is that so? разве? ~ тоже, также;
    you are young and so am I вы молоды и я тоже ~ as to, ~ that с тем чтобы;
    I tell you that so as to avoid trouble я предупреждаю вас об этом, с тем чтобы избежать неприятностей;
    so far as настолько, насколько ~ far as I know насколько мне известно;
    so be it быть по сему;
    so far до сих пор;
    пока ~ far as I know насколько мне известно;
    so be it быть по сему;
    so far до сих пор;
    пока ~ as to, ~ that с тем чтобы;
    I tell you that so as to avoid trouble я предупреждаю вас об этом, с тем чтобы избежать неприятностей;
    so far as настолько, насколько ~ far as I know насколько мне известно;
    so be it быть по сему;
    so far до сих пор;
    пока ~ much for that довольно (говорить) об этом;
    so that's that разг. так-то вот ~ as to, ~ that с тем чтобы;
    I tell you that so as to avoid trouble я предупреждаю вас об этом, с тем чтобы избежать неприятностей;
    so far as настолько, насколько ~ much for that довольно (говорить) об этом;
    so that's that разг. так-то вот ~ to say так сказать;
    and so on, and so forth и так далее, и тому подобное so употр. для усиления: why so? почему?;
    how so? как так?;
    so what? ну и что?, ну так что? what: ~ of...? = ~ about...?;
    well, ~ of it?, разг. so ~? ну и что из того?, ну, так что ж? ~ итак;
    so you are back итак, вы вернулись ~ так, таким образом;
    that's not so это не так;
    that's certainly so это, безусловно, так;
    if so! раз так!;
    is that so? разве? ~ так, таким образом;
    that's not so это не так;
    that's certainly so это, безусловно, так;
    if so! раз так!;
    is that so? разве? ~ так, настолько;
    why are you so late? почему вы так опоздали? so употр. для усиления: why so? почему?;
    how so? как так?;
    so what? ну и что?, ну так что? why: ~ adv inter. почему?;
    why so? по какой причине?;
    на каком основании? ~ тоже, также;
    you are young and so am I вы молоды и я тоже

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > so

  • 20 bestimmt

    I P.P. bestimmen
    II Adj.
    1. nur attr. (speziell) Anzahl, Zeit, Dinge etc.: certain; Absicht, Plan etc.: particular, specific; er sagt das mit einer bestimmten Absicht he’s saying that for a (particular) reason; ein Preis in einer bestimmten Höhe a price set ( oder fixed) at a particular level, a fixed ( oder set) price; bestimmte Vorstellungen von etw. haben have very definite ideas (pej. fixed ideas) about s.th.; ihr fehlt das bestimmte Etwas she’s lacking that certain something
    2. LING.: bestimmter Artikel definite article
    3. MATH.: bestimmte Größe determinate size; bestimmte Zahl determinate quantity
    4. (entschlossen) determined; im Auftreten etc.: firm, resolute; ihr Ton war höflich, aber bestimmt her tone was polite but firm
    5. subst.: etwas Bestimmtes something (in Fragen: auch anything) particular ( oder specific, special); soll es etwas Bestimmtes sein? are you looking for anything in particular?; suchst du etwas? - nein, nichts Bestimmtes no - nothing in particular, no - nothing special; wir haben schon etwas / nichts Bestimmtes vor we’ve already got something planned / we haven’t got anything special planned; wir wissen noch nichts Bestimmtes we don’t have any definite ( oder firm oder hard) information yet
    III Adv.
    1. (ganz sicher) definitely; ich komme / mache es ganz bestimmt I’m definitely coming / I’ll definitely do it, I promise I’ll do it; er kommt bestimmt he’s sure to come; machst du es auch ( ganz) bestimmt? can I rely on you to do it?, do you promise to do it?; ich hab’s bestimmt nicht gemacht I really didn’t do it; honestly, it wasn’t me; war er es wirklich? - ganz bestimmt no question about it, absolutely; vergiss deinen Schlüssel nicht! - nein, bestimmt nicht! don’t forget your key - no, I certainly won’t!; bestimmt wissen, dass know for sure ( oder for certain oder for a fact) that; das hat er ( doch) bestimmt gewusst he must have known that; das ist doch bestimmt richtig? that must be right, mustn’t it?
    2. (aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach) probably; er hat bestimmt den Bus verpasst auch he must have missed the bus, I expect he missed the bus
    3. (mit Entschiedenheit) firmly, decidedly
    * * *
    decidedly (Adv.); definitely (Adv.); certainly (Adv.); given (Adj.); set (Adj.); specific (Adj.); for certain (Adv.); peremptory (Adj.); fixed (Adj.); certain (Adj.); definite (Adj.); destined (Adj.); sure enough (Adv.)
    * * *
    be|stịmmt [bə'ʃtɪmt]
    1. adj
    1) (= gewiss, nicht genau genannt) Leute, Dinge, Vorstellungen, Aussagen etc certain; (= speziell, genau genannt) particular, definite; (= festgesetzt) Preis, Tag set, fixed; (= klar, deutlich) Angaben, Ausdruck definite, precise; (GRAM) Artikel, Zahlwort definite

    suchen Sie etwas Bestimmtes?are you looking for anything in particular?

    den ganz bestimmten Eindruck gewinnen, dass... — to get or have a definite or the distinct impression that...

    See:
    auch bestimmen
    2) (= entschieden) Auftreten, Ton, Mensch firm, resolute, decisive

    höflich, aber bestimmt — polite but firm

    2. adv
    1) (= sicher) definitely, certainly

    ich weiß ganz bestimmt, dass... — I know for sure or for certain that...

    kommst du? – ja – bestimmt? — are you coming? – yes – definitely?

    er schafft es bestimmt nichthe definitely won't manage it

    2) (= wahrscheinlich) no doubt
    * * *
    1) ((too) inclined to assert oneself.) assertive
    2) (definitely: I can't come today, but I'll certainly come tomorrow.) certainly
    3) (one or some, not definitely named: certain doctors; a certain Mrs Smith; (also pronoun) certain of his friends.) certain
    4) ((having a future) organized or arranged beforehand (by a person or by fate): She was destined for success.) destined
    5) (fixed or settled: Our route has already been determined.) determined
    6) (to set aside (for a particular purpose): This money is earmarked for our holiday.) earmark
    7) ((with to) in the habit of (doing) something: He's given to making stupid remarks.) given
    8) (in a positive way: He stated positively that he was innocent.) positively
    * * *
    be·stimmt
    [bəˈʃtɪmt]
    I. adj
    aus \bestimmten Gründen for reasons which sb would rather not go into
    2. (speziell, genau genannt) particular
    eine ganz \bestimmte Sache/ein ganz \bestimmter Mensch a particular thing/person
    ganz \bestimmte Vorstellungen very particular [or exact] ideas
    ein \bestimmter Verdacht a clear [or definite] suspicion
    etwas [ganz] B\bestimmtes something [in] particular, something special
    3. (festgesetzt) fixed, specified, stated; (klar, deutlich) exact, clear
    ein \bestimmter Tag/Termin/Ort the appointed day/date/place
    eine \bestimmte Ausdrucksweise an articulate manner
    ein \bestimmter Artikel LING a definite article
    4. (entschieden) determined, resolute, firm
    ihr Auftreten war höflich, aber \bestimmt her manner was polite but firm
    II. adv
    1. (sicher) definitely, for certain
    etw ganz \bestimmt wissen to know sth for certain, to be positive about sth
    Sie sind \bestimmt derjenige, der mir diesen Brief geschickt hat! you must be the person who sent me this letter!
    \bestimmt nicht never, certainly not
    der ist \bestimmt nicht hier I doubt that he's here
    ich bin morgen ganz \bestimmt mit von der Partie you can definitely count me in tomorrow
    ich schreibe \bestimmt I will write, I promise
    ich bin \bestimmt nicht lange weg I won't be gone long, I promise
    2. (entschieden) determinedly, resolutely
    sie ist eine sehr \bestimmt auftretende Frau she has a very determined air about her
    * * *
    1.
    1) nicht präd. (speziell) particular; (gewiss) certain; (genau) definite

    ich habe nichts Bestimmtes vor — I am not doing anything in particular

    2) (festgelegt) fixed; given < quantity>
    3) (Sprachw.) definite <article etc.>
    2. 3.
    Adverb for certain

    du weißt es doch [ganz] bestimmt noch — I'm sure you must remember it

    ganz bestimmt, ich komme — I'll definitely come; yes, certainly, I'll come

    * * *
    A. pperf bestimmen
    B. adj
    1. nur attr (speziell) Anzahl, Zeit, Dinge etc: certain; Absicht, Plan etc: particular, specific;
    er sagt das mit einer bestimmten Absicht he’s saying that for a (particular) reason;
    ein Preis in einer bestimmten Höhe a price set ( oder fixed) at a particular level, a fixed ( oder set) price;
    bestimmte Vorstellungen von etwas haben have very definite ideas (pej fixed ideas) about sth;
    ihr fehlt das bestimmte Etwas she’s lacking that certain something
    2. LING:
    bestimmter Artikel definite article
    3. MATH:
    bestimmte Größe determinate size;
    bestimmte Zahl determinate quantity
    4. (entschlossen) determined; im Auftreten etc: firm, resolute;
    ihr Ton war höflich, aber bestimmt her tone was polite but firm
    5. subst:
    etwas Bestimmtes something (in Fragen: auch anything) particular ( oder specific, special);
    soll es etwas Bestimmtes sein? are you looking for anything in particular?;
    suchst du etwas? -
    nein, nichts Bestimmtes no - nothing in particular, no - nothing special;
    wir haben schon etwas/nichts Bestimmtes vor we’ve already got something planned/we haven’t got anything special planned;
    wir wissen noch nichts Bestimmtes we don’t have any definite ( oder firm oder hard) information yet
    C. adv
    1. (ganz sicher) definitely;
    ich komme/mache es ganz bestimmt I’m definitely coming/I’ll definitely do it, I promise I’ll do it;
    er kommt bestimmt he’s sure to come;
    machst du es auch (ganz) bestimmt? can I rely on you to do it?, do you promise to do it?;
    ich hab’s bestimmt nicht gemacht I really didn’t do it; honestly, it wasn’t me;
    war er es wirklich? -
    ganz bestimmt no question about it, absolutely;
    vergiss deinen Schlüssel nicht! - nein, bestimmt nicht! don’t forget your key - no, I certainly won’t!;
    bestimmt wissen, dass know for sure ( oder for certain oder for a fact) that;
    das hat er (doch) bestimmt gewusst he must have known that;
    das ist doch bestimmt richtig? that must be right, mustn’t it?
    er hat bestimmt den Bus verpasst auch he must have missed the bus, I expect he missed the bus
    3. (mit Entschiedenheit) firmly, decidedly
    * * *
    1.
    1) nicht präd. (speziell) particular; (gewiss) certain; (genau) definite
    2) (festgelegt) fixed; given < quantity>
    3) (Sprachw.) definite <article etc.>
    2. 3.
    Adverb for certain

    du weißt es doch [ganz] bestimmt noch — I'm sure you must remember it

    ganz bestimmt, ich komme — I'll definitely come; yes, certainly, I'll come

    * * *
    adj.
    certain adj.
    decided adj.
    defined adj.
    definite adj.
    designated adj.
    destined adj.
    determined adj.
    fixed adj.
    laid down adj.
    prearranged adj.
    specified adj. adv.
    certainly adv.
    decidedly adv.
    definitely adv.
    definitively adv.
    determinately adv.
    fixedly adv.
    peremptorily adv.
    surely adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > bestimmt

См. также в других словарях:

  • Known Space — is the fictional setting of several science fiction novels and short stories written by author Larry Niven. It has also in part been used as a shared universe in the Man Kzin Wars spin off anthologies sub series.The epithet Known Space is an in… …   Wikipedia

  • Not Cancer — House episode Episode no. Season 5 Episode 2 Directed by David Straiton …   Wikipedia

  • Named pipe — In computing, a named pipe (also known as a FIFO for its behavior) is an extension to the traditional pipe concept on Unix and Unix like systems, and is one of the methods of inter process communication. The concept is also found in Microsoft… …   Wikipedia

  • Not Forgotten (film) — Not Forgotten Directed by Dror Soref Produced by Donald Zuckerman Dror Soref …   Wikipedia

  • Named-entity recognition — (NER) (also known as entity identification and entity extraction) is a subtask of information extraction that seeks to locate and classify atomic elements in text into predefined categories such as the names of persons, organizations, locations,… …   Wikipedia

  • But'n'Ben A-Go-Go — is a science fiction work by Scots writer Matthew Fitt, notable for being entirely in the Scots language. The novel was first published in 2000.According to the author as many of the different varieties of Scots as possible were used, including… …   Wikipedia

  • Not Afraid — For the Stephanie Smith album, see Not Afraid (album). Not Afraid …   Wikipedia

  • List of foods named after people — This is a list of food items named after people. :For other lists of eponyms (names derived from people) see eponym. :For a list of eponyms sorted by name see List of eponyms.A* Fillet of Beef Prince Albert – Queen Victoria s Consort Prince… …   Wikipedia

  • List of British words not widely used in the United States — Differences between American and British English American English …   Wikipedia

  • The Revolution Will Not Be Televised (film) — This article is about the film. For other uses, see The Revolution Will Not Be Televised (disambiguation). The Revolution Will Not Be Televised Theatrical release poster …   Wikipedia

  • Do not stand at my grave and weep — is a poem written in 1932 by Mary Elizabeth Frye. Although the origin of the poem was disputed until later in her life, Mary Frye s authorship was confirmed in 1998 after research by Abigail Van Buren, a newspaper columnist.[1] Contents 1 Full… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»